WO2017159634A1 - Colored resin composition for color filter, pigment dispersion, color filter, and display device - Google Patents

Colored resin composition for color filter, pigment dispersion, color filter, and display device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2017159634A1
WO2017159634A1 PCT/JP2017/010031 JP2017010031W WO2017159634A1 WO 2017159634 A1 WO2017159634 A1 WO 2017159634A1 JP 2017010031 W JP2017010031 W JP 2017010031W WO 2017159634 A1 WO2017159634 A1 WO 2017159634A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
pigment
general formula
resin composition
color filter
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2017/010031
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
充史 小野
琢実 鈴木
力飛 塚本
大貴 木本
山縣 秀明
Original Assignee
株式会社Dnpファインケミカル
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 株式会社Dnpファインケミカル filed Critical 株式会社Dnpファインケミカル
Priority to CN201780013365.XA priority Critical patent/CN108700686B/en
Priority to JP2017517816A priority patent/JP6862340B2/en
Publication of WO2017159634A1 publication Critical patent/WO2017159634A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B57/00Other synthetic dyes of known constitution
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/20Filters
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1335Structural association of cells with optical devices, e.g. polarisers or reflectors
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a colored resin composition for a color filter, a pigment dispersion, a color filter, and a display device.
  • sRGB ISO 61966-2-1
  • sRGB ISO 61966-2-1
  • the AdobeRGB standard is a color space definition proposed by Adobe Systems.
  • the three primary colors are defined as follows for the chromaticity coordinates x and y in the XYZ color system.
  • a color filter used in a liquid crystal display device generally defines a substrate, a colored layer formed on the substrate, which is composed of colored patterns of three primary colors of red, green, and blue, and each colored pattern. And a light shielding portion formed on the substrate.
  • a pigment dispersion method, a dyeing method, an electrodeposition method, a printing method, and the like are known.
  • a pigment dispersion method having excellent characteristics on average is most widely adopted.
  • the red pigment diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments having excellent heat resistance and light resistance are widely used (for example, Patent Documents 1 to 3).
  • the liquid crystal display device has a problem of viewing angle dependency due to the refractive index anisotropy of the liquid crystal cell and the polarizing plate as a specific problem.
  • This problem of viewing angle dependency is a problem that the color and contrast of an image that is visually recognized change when the liquid crystal display device is viewed from the front and when viewed from an oblique direction.
  • Such a problem of viewing angle characteristics has become more serious as the liquid crystal display device has recently been enlarged.
  • a method of incorporating a retardation film into a liquid crystal display device has been widely used.
  • the color filter used in the liquid crystal display device has a different phase difference depending on the color pattern of each color of the colored layer, when the above-described retardation film is used, the difference in the phase difference of the color pattern of each color is compensated. It is difficult to completely solve the problem of viewing angle dependency.
  • Patent Document 4 in a color filter in which at least a red pixel, a green pixel, and a blue pixel are arranged on a transparent substrate, the green pixel is formed from a cured product of a coloring composition containing a retardation adjusting agent.
  • a color filter for liquid crystal display is disclosed.
  • the pigment density in the pixel is lowered, and the target color may not be achieved.
  • JP 2013-14750 A International Publication No. 2012/102399 Pamphlet JP 2012-155232 A JP 2008-185985 A
  • the present invention has been made in view of the above circumstances, and a colored resin composition for a color filter capable of forming a red pixel satisfying a specific chromaticity and a specific retardation, and for preparing the colored resin composition It is an object of the present invention to provide a pigment dispersion, a color filter satisfying a specific chromaticity and a specific phase difference, and a display device using the color filter.
  • a first colored resin composition for a color filter according to the present invention is a copolymer having a pigment containing a red pigment represented by the following general formula (1) and a structural unit represented by the following general formula (2)
  • a colored resin composition comprising a dispersant containing, a pigment derivative, an alkali-soluble resin, a monomer, an initiator, and a solvent,
  • the pigment derivative includes one or more selected from a pigment derivative having a diketopyrrolopyrrole skeleton and a pigment derivative having an azo lake skeleton,
  • the chromaticity (x, y) measured with a C light source of the colored layer is 0.630 ⁇ x ⁇ 0.665, 0.326 ⁇ y ⁇ 0.
  • the phase difference (Rth) of light having a wavelength of 620 nm in the thickness direction of the colored layer of light is ⁇ 30 nm to 120 nm.
  • R 1 and R 2 are each independently a 4-chlorophenyl group or a 4-bromophenyl group.
  • R 11 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • Q is a divalent linking group
  • R 12 is an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, — [CH (R 15 ) —CH
  • R 13 and R 14 each independently represent a optionally substituted linear or cyclic hydrocarbon group, .R 15 and R 16 R 13 and R 14 are combined to form a cyclic structure each other, Each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • x represents an integer of 1 to 18, y represents an integer of 1 to 5, and
  • z represents an integer of 1 to 18.
  • the second colored resin composition for a color filter according to the present invention is a copolymer having a pigment containing a red pigment represented by the general formula (1) and a structural unit represented by the general formula (2).
  • a colored resin composition comprising a dispersant containing, a pigment derivative, an alkali-soluble resin, a monomer, an initiator, and a solvent,
  • the pigment derivative includes one or more selected from a pigment derivative having a diketopyrrolopyrrole skeleton and a pigment derivative having an azo lake skeleton
  • the pigment further includes at least one pigment selected from a red pigment, an orange pigment, and a yellow pigment different from the red pigment represented by the general formula (1),
  • the chromaticity (x, y) measured with a C light source of the colored layer is 0.630 ⁇ x ⁇ 0.665, 0.295 ⁇ y ⁇ 0. 360, and the phase difference (Rth) of light having a wavelength of 620 nm in the thickness direction of the
  • the copolymer includes a block unit having a structural unit represented by the general formula (2) and a structural unit represented by the following general formula (3).
  • the structural unit represented by the general formula (3) includes at least one structural unit selected from the group consisting of methacrylic acid, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, and benzyl methacrylate. The inclusion is preferable from the viewpoint of pigment dispersibility and dispersion stability.
  • R 21 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • Q ′ is a direct bond or a divalent linking group
  • R 22 is a hydrocarbon group, — [CH (R 23 ) —CH (R 24 ) —O] x —R 25 or — [(CH 2 ) y —O] z —R 25
  • each of R 23 and R 24 independently represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • R 25 represents a hydrogen atom, a hydrocarbon group, a monovalent group represented by —CHO, —CH 2 CHO, or —CH 2 COOR 26
  • R 26 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. It is a group.
  • the hydrocarbon group may have a substituent.
  • x represents an integer of 1 to 18, y represents an integer of 1 to 5, and z represents an integer of 1 to 18.
  • the red pigment represented by the general formula (1) is represented by the red pigment represented by the following chemical formula (1-1) and the following chemical formula (1-2). It is preferable that the red pigment to be contained is included from the viewpoint of satisfying a desired color and retardation.
  • a polyamidoimide resin having a carboxy group is contained as the alkali-soluble resin from the viewpoint of easily reducing the absolute value of the retardation.
  • the initiator contains at least two kinds of oxime-based initiators, and further contains an antioxidant. From the viewpoint of easily suppressing color unevenness due to irregular reflection of light when the colored layer is viewed.
  • the pigment is C.I. I. It is preferable that the pigment yellow 185 is included from the viewpoint of satisfying a desired color and phase difference and easily reducing the absolute value of the phase difference.
  • the pigment dispersion according to the present invention includes a pigment containing a red pigment represented by the general formula (1), a dispersant containing a copolymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (2), and a pigment. Containing a derivative and a solvent,
  • the pigment derivative includes one or more selected from a pigment derivative having a diketopyrrolopyrrole skeleton and a pigment derivative having an azo lake skeleton.
  • the color filter according to the present invention is a color filter including at least a substrate and a colored layer provided on the substrate, wherein at least one of the colored layers is according to any one of claims 1 to 5.
  • the colored resin composition for a color filter is a cured product.
  • the present invention provides a display device having the color filter.
  • a colored resin composition for a color filter capable of forming a red pixel satisfying a specific chromaticity and a specific phase difference, a pigment dispersion for preparing the colored resin composition, a specific chromaticity And a color filter satisfying a specific phase difference, and a display device using the color filter can be provided.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic sectional view showing an example of the color filter of the present invention.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic sectional view showing an example of the display device of the present invention.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic sectional view showing another example of the display device of the present invention.
  • light includes electromagnetic waves having wavelengths in the visible and invisible regions, and further includes radiation, and the radiation includes, for example, microwaves and electron beams. Specifically, it means an electromagnetic wave having a wavelength of 5 ⁇ m or less and an electron beam.
  • (meth) acryl represents each of acryl and methacryl
  • (meth) acrylate represents each of acrylate and methacrylate.
  • a first colored resin composition for a color filter according to the present invention is a copolymer having a pigment containing a red pigment represented by the following general formula (1) and a structural unit represented by the following general formula (2)
  • a colored resin composition comprising a dispersant containing, a pigment derivative, an alkali-soluble resin, a monomer, an initiator, and a solvent
  • the pigment derivative includes one or more selected from a pigment derivative having a diketopyrrolopyrrole skeleton and a pigment derivative having an azo lake skeleton,
  • the chromaticity (x, y) measured with a C light source of the colored layer is 0.630 ⁇ x ⁇ 0.665, 0.326 ⁇ y ⁇ 0.
  • the phase difference (Rth) of light having a wavelength of 620 nm in the thickness direction of the colored layer of light is ⁇ 30 nm to 120 nm.
  • R 1 and R 2 are each independently a 4-chlorophenyl group or a 4-bromophenyl group.
  • R 11 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • Q is a divalent linking group
  • R 12 is an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, — [CH (R 15 ) —CH
  • R 13 and R 14 each independently represent a optionally substituted linear or cyclic hydrocarbon group, .R 15 and R 16 R 13 and R 14 are combined to form a cyclic structure each other, Each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • x represents an integer of 1 to 18, y represents an integer of 1 to 5, and
  • z represents an integer of 1 to 18.
  • the second colored resin composition for a color filter according to the present invention includes a pigment containing a red pigment represented by the general formula (1) and a structural unit represented by the general formula (2).
  • a colored resin composition containing a polymer-containing dispersant, a pigment derivative, an alkali-soluble resin, a monomer, an initiator, and a solvent The pigment derivative includes one or more selected from a pigment derivative having a diketopyrrolopyrrole skeleton and a pigment derivative having an azo lake skeleton,
  • the pigment further includes at least one pigment selected from a red pigment, an orange pigment, and a yellow pigment different from the red pigment represented by the general formula (1),
  • the chromaticity (x, y) measured with a C light source of the colored layer is 0.630 ⁇ x ⁇ 0.665, 0.295 ⁇ y ⁇ 0. 360, and the phase difference (Rth) of light having a wavelength of 620 nm in the thickness direction of the colored layer of
  • the red pigment represented by the general formula (1), the dispersant containing the copolymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (2), and the specific pigment derivative are combined.
  • the specific pigment derivative is adsorbed on the finely divided pigment surface, whereby the dispersant has the general formula (2).
  • the affinity with the nitrogen atom in the structural unit represented is improved, the pigment dispersibility and the dispersion stability are excellent, and when the colored layer of the colored resin composition is formed, measurement is performed with a C light source of the colored layer.
  • the chromaticity (x, y) satisfies 0.630 ⁇ x ⁇ 0.665 and 0.326 ⁇ y ⁇ 0.335, and the phase difference (Rth) of light having a wavelength of 620 nm in the thickness direction of the colored layer of light. ) Is between ⁇ 30 nm and 120 nm, or The chromaticity (x, y) measured with a C light source of the colored layer satisfies 0.630 ⁇ x ⁇ 0.665, 0.295 ⁇ y ⁇ 0.360, and the thickness of the colored layer of light is The phase difference (Rth) of light having a wavelength of 620 nm is ⁇ 30 nm to 120 nm.
  • the colored resin composition for a color filter of the present invention contains at least a pigment, a dispersant, an alkali-soluble resin, a monomer, an initiator, and a solvent, and does not impair the effects of the present invention. And may further contain other components.
  • each component of the colored resin composition for a color filter of the present invention will be described in detail in order.
  • the pigment contains at least a red pigment represented by the following general formula (1).
  • R 1 and R 2 are each independently a 4-chlorophenyl group or a 4-bromophenyl group.
  • the colored resin composition for a color filter of the present invention has the specific pigment, a colored layer having a specific chromaticity and a specific phase difference can be formed.
  • red pigment represented by the general formula (1) include red pigments represented by the following chemical formulas (1-1) to (1-3). A combination of more than one species can be used.
  • the combination of the red pigment represented by the chemical formula (1-1) and the red pigment represented by the chemical formula (1-2) is used to obtain desired values of chromaticity and retardation. It is preferable from the point which can be adjusted.
  • the blending ratio is not particularly limited.
  • the phase difference is adjusted to be lower than 10 when the chromaticity (x, y) is in the range of 0.630 ⁇ x ⁇ 0.665 and 0.326 ⁇ y ⁇ 0.335, it is represented by the chemical formula (1-1).
  • the red pigment represented by the chemical formula (1-2) is preferably 100: 0 to 60:40, and more preferably 100: 0 to 75:25.
  • the phase difference is adjusted to 10 to 120 when the chemical formula (1
  • the red pigment represented by -1) and the red pigment represented by the chemical formula (1-2) are preferably in a mass ratio of 60:40 to 0: 100, more preferably 45:55 to 15:85. .
  • the red pigment represented by the chemical formula (1-1) is preferably 40 parts by mass or more, and more preferably 50 parts by mass or more, in 100 parts by mass of the total amount of the red pigment.
  • pigments different from the red pigment represented by the general formula (1) may be used in combination as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired.
  • yellow pigments examples include C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 1, 3, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 20, 24, 31, 55, 60, 61, 65, 71, 73, 74, 81, 83, 93, 95, 97, 98, 100, 101, 104, 106, 108, 109, 110, 113, 114, 116, 117, 119, 120, 126, 127, 128, 129, 138, 139, 150, 150 derivative pigments, 151, 152, 153 154, 155, 156, 166, 168, 175, 185 and the like.
  • C. I. Pigment Yellow 150 and its derivative pigments include JP-A No. 2001-354869, JP-A No.
  • yellow pigments C.I. I. It is preferable that the pigment yellow 185 is included from the viewpoint of satisfying a desired color and phase difference and easily reducing the absolute value of the phase difference. In addition, C.I. I. When Pigment Yellow 185 is included, since the coloring power is high, there is an advantage that the pigment concentration is easily lowered and the plate-making property is improved. Examples of red pigments include C.I. I.
  • the blending ratio is not particularly limited, but it is represented by the general formula (1) from the viewpoint of chromaticity and retardation.
  • the red pigment to be used is preferably 10 parts by mass or more, more preferably 20 parts by mass or more, and further preferably 50 parts by mass or more with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total amount of the pigment.
  • the average dispersed particle size of the pigment used in the present invention varies depending on the type of pigment used, but is preferably in the range of 10 nm to 100 nm, and more preferably in the range of 15 nm to 60 nm.
  • a display device including a color filter produced using the resin composition of the present invention can be made with high contrast and high quality.
  • the average dispersed particle size of the pigment is decreased within the above range, the contrast is improved, but the absolute value of the phase difference tends to increase. Therefore, it is preferable to select an average dispersed particle size in consideration of a desired phase difference and contrast.
  • the red pigment represented by the general formula (1-1) tends to increase the absolute value of the retardation even if the particle size is too small, and among them, the average dispersed particle size is 40 nm to 60 nm. This is preferable from the viewpoint of reducing the absolute value of the phase difference.
  • the average dispersed particle diameter of the pigment in the colored resin composition is a dispersed particle diameter of pigment particles dispersed in a dispersion medium containing at least a solvent, and is measured by a laser light scattering particle size distribution meter. It is.
  • the colored resin composition is appropriately diluted to a concentration that can be measured with a laser light scattering particle size distribution meter (for example, 1000 times) with the solvent used in the colored resin composition. Etc.) and can be measured at 23 ° C. by a dynamic light scattering method using a laser light scattering particle size distribution meter (for example, Nanotrack particle size distribution measuring device UPA-EX150 manufactured by Nikkiso Co., Ltd.).
  • the average dispersed particle size here is a volume average particle size.
  • the colored resin composition for a color filter of the present invention further has a diketopyrrolopyrrole skeleton from the viewpoint of excellent pigment dispersibility and dispersion stability while adjusting the retardation and luminance to a specific range.
  • a diketopyrrolopyrrole skeleton from the viewpoint of excellent pigment dispersibility and dispersion stability while adjusting the retardation and luminance to a specific range.
  • One or more pigment derivatives selected from pigment derivatives and pigment derivatives having an azo lake skeleton are contained.
  • the absolute value of the retardation can be reduced.
  • the diketopyrrolopyrrole skeleton include C.I. I. Pigment Red 254, 255, 264, 272, halogen substituted pigments thereof, and the like. I. Pigment Red 254 and 272 are preferable.
  • the azo lake pigment skeleton include C.I. I. And CI Pigment Red 48.
  • an imide alkylated diketopyrrolopyrrole derivative represented by the following general formula A an amidated diketopyrrolopyrrole derivative represented by the general formula B, and a sulfonated diketo represented by the following general formula C: It is preferable to use one or more pigment derivatives selected from a pyrrolopyrrole derivative and a derivative having an azo lake pigment skeleton represented by the following general formula D.
  • Ar is an arylene group which may have the following substituent A ′.
  • R 4 is an alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms
  • X is a sulfonic acid group, sulfonate, or ⁇ —SO 2 NH— (CH 2 ) n —NR ′.
  • R ′′ ⁇ is a sulfonamide group
  • R ′ and R ′′ are each independently a hydrogen atom, a saturated or unsaturated alkyl or aryl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, which may be substituted, or , R ′ and R ′′ are combined to form a heterocyclic ring which may further contain a nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom together with the adjacent nitrogen atom, and n is an integer of 1 to 6.
  • R ′ and R ′′ each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted saturated or unsaturated alkyl group or aryl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or R ′ and R ′′ And bonded to each other to form a heterocyclic ring that may further contain nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur atoms together with the adjacent nitrogen atom, and a plurality of R 5 s independently represent a hydrogen atom or a carbon atom number of 1 to 4
  • X represents a sulfonic acid group, —SO 2 NH— (CH 2 ) n —NR′R ′′, —SO 2 NH— (CH 2 ) n —COOH, —SO 2 NH— (CH 2 ) N- SO 3 H and at least one selected from the group consisting of sulfonates, wherein R ′ and R ′′ are each independently a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted saturated group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • R 6 s independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, or a substituent X, and n is an integer of 1 to 6 And m is an integer from 1 to 4.
  • X represents a sulfonic acid group, —SO 2 NH— (CH 2 ) n —NR′R ′′, —SO 2 NH— (CH 2 ) n —COOH, —SO 2 NH— (CH 2 ) N —SO 3 H and one selected from the group consisting of sulfonates, and R ′ and R ′′ are each independently a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted saturated group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or An unsaturated alkyl group or an aryl group, or a group in which R ′ and R ′′ are combined to form a heterocyclic ring which may further contain a nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom together with an adjacent nitrogen atom; Is an integer from 1 to 6, and m is an integer from 1 to 4.
  • the arylene group in the general formula A is not particularly limited, but an arylene group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms is preferable, and specific examples include a phenylene group, a naphthylene group, and a biphenylene group.
  • Examples of the alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms in R 4 include a methylene group, an ethylene group, a propylene group, a butylene group, and a pentylene group.
  • the specifics of the amine component (— (CH 2 ) m —NR′R ′′) to be introduced Examples include piperidinomethyl, dimethylaminoethyl, diethylaminoethyl, dimethylaminopropyl, diethylaminopropyl, dibutylaminopropyl, piperidinoethyl, pipecolinoethyl, morpholinoethyl, piperidinopropyl, pipecolinopropyl, diethylaminohexyl, diethylaminoethoxypropyl, diethylaminobutyl, Examples include dimethylaminoamyl, NN-methyl-lauryl-aminopropyl, 2-ethylhexylaminoethyl, stearylaminoeth
  • R 5 in the general formula B is a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, or a substituent ⁇ —CONH— (CH 2 ) n —NR ′.
  • Examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms in R 5 include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, and a butyl group.
  • Examples of the aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms in R 5 include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, and a biphenyl group.
  • halogen atom in R 5 for example, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an iodine atom, among them chlorine atom or a bromine atom.
  • the amine component (— (CH 2 ) m —NR′R ′′) into which the substituent ⁇ —CONH— (CH 2 ) n —NR′R ′′ ⁇ is introduced is exemplified in the general formula A. The same thing is mentioned.
  • the substitution position of the substituent ⁇ —CONH— (CH 2 ) n —NR′R ′′ ⁇ is not particularly limited, as long as it has at least one in the molecule, and the aromatic ring having R 5 Any of the above hydrogen atoms may be substituted, R 5 may be substituted, and when R 5 is an aryl group, the aromatic ring hydrogen atom constituting the aryl group may be substituted. Good.
  • alkyl group having 1-4 carbon atoms in R 6, an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, a halogen atom can each assume the same as R 5 in the general formula B.
  • substituent X can be the same as in general formula A.
  • the substitution position of the substituent X is not particularly limited, as long as it has at least one in the molecule, and any hydrogen atom of the aromatic ring having R 6 may be substituted. 6 may be substituted.
  • R 6 is an aryl group
  • the hydrogen atom of the aromatic ring constituting the aryl group may be substituted.
  • the substituent X can be the same as that in the general formula A.
  • the substitution position of the substituent X is not particularly limited.
  • the sulfonated diketopyrrolopyrrole derivative represented by the general formula C is improved in dispersibility and dispersion stability by the interaction with the red pigment represented by the general formula (1).
  • Compounds represented by (C-1) to (C-4) are preferable.
  • n is an integer of 1 to 4
  • m is an integer of 1 or 2
  • R ′ and R ′′ are each independently a hydrogen atom or an optionally substituted carbon.
  • It is an alkyl group having 1 to 4 atoms or an aryl group.
  • m is an integer of 1 or 2
  • R ′′ ′ represents an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • the substituent SO 3 — is substituted at the position of Cl. You may do it.
  • n is an integer of 1 or 2, and the substituent SO 3 H may be substituted at the position of Cl.
  • X represents a sulfonic acid group, —SO 2 NH— (CH 2 ) n —NR′R ′′, —SO 2 NH— (CH 2 ) n —COOH, —SO 2 NH— (CH 2 ) n —SO 3 H and one selected from the group consisting of sulfonates, wherein R ′ and R ′′ are each independently a hydrogen atom or a C 1-20 substituted group.
  • R ′ and R ′′ are each independently a hydrogen atom or a C 1-20 substituted group.
  • Suitable pigment derivatives include compounds represented by the following chemical formula.
  • a sulfonated quinacridone derivative represented by the following general formula E may be further combined.
  • a colored resin composition having superior pigment dispersibility can be prepared.
  • X represents a sulfonic acid group, —SO 2 NH— (CH 2 ) n —NR′R ′′, —SO 2 NH— (CH 2 ) n —COOH, —SO 2 NH— (CH 2 ) N —SO 3 H and one selected from the group consisting of sulfonates, and R ′ and R ′′ are each independently a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted saturated group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or Represents an unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group or aromatic hydrocarbon group, or a heterocyclic ring which may further contain a nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom together with an adjacent nitrogen atom, and each n is independently An integer of 1 to 6.
  • m represents an integer of 1 to 4.
  • X in the general formula E can be the same as X in the general formula C. From the viewpoint of pigment dispersibility, the following chemical formula 8 is preferable.
  • a sulfonated diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment derivative is used from the viewpoint of improving pigment dispersibility and dispersion stability while reducing the absolute value of retardation. Is preferred. From the viewpoint of improving pigment dispersibility, it is preferable to use a combination of a sulfonated diketopyrrolopyrrole derivative and a sulfonated quinacridone derivative. Moreover, it is preferable to further use an imide alkylated diketopyrrolopyrrole derivative from the viewpoint of suppressing precipitation derived from a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment by suppressing hydrogen bonding.
  • the content of the pigment derivative is preferably 1 to 25 parts by weight, more preferably 1 to 15 parts by weight, with respect to 100 parts by weight of the pigment. Even more preferably.
  • a polymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (2) is used as a dispersant.
  • the structural unit represented by the general formula (2) has basicity and functions as an adsorption site for the pigment.
  • the colored resin composition for a color filter and the pigment dispersion of the present invention improve the adsorption performance to the pigment by using a polymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (2) as a dispersant. Dispersibility and dispersion stability are improved.
  • R 11 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • Q is a divalent linking group
  • R 12 is an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, — [CH (R 15 ) —CH
  • R 13 and R 14 each independently represent a optionally substituted linear or cyclic hydrocarbon group, .R 15 and R 16 R 13 and R 14 are combined to form a cyclic structure each other, Each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • x represents an integer of 1 to 18, y represents an integer of 1 to 5, and
  • z represents an integer of 1 to 18.
  • Q is a bivalent coupling group.
  • the divalent linking group in Q include an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an arylene group, a —CONH— group, a —COO— group, an ether group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms (—R′—OR).
  • R 'and R each independently represents an alkylene group) and combinations thereof.
  • Q in the general formula (2) is preferably a divalent linking group containing a —CONH— group or a —COO— group.
  • the divalent organic group R 12 in the general formula (2) is an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, — [CH (R 15 ) —CH (R 16 ) —O] x —CH (R 15 ) —CH (R 16 ) — or — [(CH 2 ) y —O] z — (CH 2 ) y —.
  • the alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms may be linear or branched.
  • R 15 and R 16 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • R 12 is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms from the viewpoint of dispersibility. Among them, R 12 is more preferably a methylene group, an ethylene group, a propylene group, or a butylene group. Groups are more preferred.
  • Examples of the cyclic structure formed by combining R 13 and R 14 in the general formula (2) include a 5- to 7-membered nitrogen-containing heterocyclic monocycle or a condensed ring formed by condensing two of these. It is done.
  • the nitrogen-containing heterocycle preferably has no aromaticity, more preferably a saturated ring.
  • Examples of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (2) include alkyl group-substituted amino such as dimethylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate, dimethylaminopropyl (meth) acrylate, diethylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate, and diethylaminopropyl (meth) acrylate.
  • alkyl group-substituted amino such as dimethylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate, dimethylaminopropyl (meth) acrylate, diethylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate, and diethylaminopropyl (meth) acrylate.
  • Examples include group-containing (meth) acrylates, alkyl group-substituted amino group-containing (meth) acrylamides such as dimethylaminoethyl (meth) acrylamide, dimethylaminopropyl (meth) acrylamide, and the like
  • dimethylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate, diethylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate, and dimethylaminopropyl (meth) acrylamide can be preferably used in terms of improving dispersibility and dispersion stability.
  • the polymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (2) it is preferable that three or more structural units represented by the general formula (2) are included.
  • it is preferably 3 to 100, more preferably 3 to 50, and even more preferably 3 to 30.
  • the pigment adsorbability is further improved at the salt forming site, the pigment dispersion stability, the development residue It is preferable from the viewpoint of excellent suppression and solvent resolubility.
  • R a represents a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a vinyl group, an optionally substituted phenyl group or benzyl group, or —O—.
  • R e represents R e , a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a vinyl group, an optionally substituted phenyl group or benzyl group, or C 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • R b , R b ′ , and R b ′′ each independently have a hydrogen atom, an acidic group or an ester group thereof, and a substituent.
  • R f is 1 carbon atoms which may have a substituent group to 20 Via a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group, an optionally substituted vinyl group, an optionally substituted phenyl or benzyl group, or an alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms (meta ) Represents an acryloyl group, X represents a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, or an iodine atom,
  • R c and R d are each independently a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, Represents a chain, branched or cyclic alkyl group, a vinyl group, an optionally substituted phenyl group or benzyl group, or —O—R e , where R e is a linear or branched group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • R a , R b , R b ′ , R b ′′ , R c , R d , R e , and R f are linear or branched chains having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • the cyclic alkyl group may be linear or branched, and may contain a cyclic structure, preferably a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms. More preferred are linear, branched or cyclic alkyl groups having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
  • examples of the substituent of the phenyl group or benzyl group that may have a substituent include an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms and an acyl group. And an acyloxy group.
  • examples of the substituent of the phenyl group or benzyl group which may have a substituent include an acidic group or an ester group thereof, 5 alkyl groups, acyl groups, acyloxy groups and the like.
  • examples of the substituent of the phenyl group or benzyl group which may have a substituent include an acidic group or an ester group thereof, 5 alkyl groups, acyl groups, acyloxy groups and the like.
  • R b , R b ′ , R b ′′ , and R f as a substituent for a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a vinyl group Includes an acidic group or an ester group thereof, a phenyl group, an acyl group, an acyloxy group, and the like.
  • the acidic group refers to a group that exhibits acidity by releasing protons in water.
  • the acidic group include a carboxy group (—COOH), A sulfo group (—SO 3 H), a phosphono group (—P ( ⁇ O) (OH) 2 ), a phosphinico group (> P ( ⁇ O) (OH)), a boronic acid group (—B (OH) 2 ), A borinic acid group (> BOH) and the like, and an anion in which a hydrogen atom is dissociated such as a carboxylate group (—COO ⁇ ), and a salt of an alkali metal ion such as sodium ion or potassium ion and a salt It may be an acid salt formed.
  • the ester group of the acidic group carboxylic acid ester (—COOR), sulfonic acid ester (—SO 3 R), phosphoric acid ester (—P ( ⁇ O) (OR) 2 ), (> P ( ⁇ O ) (OR)), boronic acid ester (—B (OR) 2 ), borinic acid ester (> BOR) and the like.
  • the acidic ester group is preferably a carboxylic acid ester (—COOR) from the viewpoint of dispersibility and dispersion stability.
  • R is a hydrocarbon group and is not particularly limited. However, from the viewpoint of dispersibility and dispersion stability, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms is preferable, and a methyl group or an ethyl group is preferable. More preferably.
  • the compound of the general formula (II) includes a carboxy group, a boronic acid group, a borinic acid group, anions thereof, and alkali metal salts thereof from the viewpoints of dispersibility, dispersion stability, alkali developability, and development residue suppression. It is preferable to have one or more functional groups selected from these esters, and among them, it is more preferable to have a functional group selected from a carboxy group, a carboxylate group, a carboxylic acid group, and a carboxylic acid ester. .
  • both the acidic group equivalent side and the halogen atom side hydrocarbon of the compound have terminal nitrogen.
  • the terminal nitrogen site and the halogen atom-side hydrocarbon form a salt more stably than when the terminal nitrogen site and an acidic group form a salt.
  • a dispersibility and dispersion stability improve because a pigment adsorb
  • the compound of the general formula (II) When the compound of the general formula (II) has the acidic group or the like, it may have two or more acidic groups or the like. When two or more acidic groups or the like are included, the plurality of acidic groups or the like may be the same or different.
  • the number of the acidic groups etc. contained in the compound of the general formula (II) is preferably 1 to 3, more preferably 1 to 2, and still more preferably 1.
  • R a in the general formula (I) at least one of R b , R b ′ , and R b ′′ in the general formula (II), and at least one of R c and R d in the general formula (III)
  • the affinity with the skeleton of the pigment described later is improved, the dispersibility and dispersion stability of the pigment are excellent, and a colored composition having excellent contrast can be obtained. It is preferable because it can be performed.
  • the molecular weight of one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of the above general formulas (I) to (III) is preferably 1000 or less, particularly 50 to 800, from the viewpoint of improving pigment dispersibility. More preferably, it is preferably 50 to 400, more preferably 80 to 350, and most preferably 100 to 330.
  • Examples of the compound represented by the general formula (I) include benzene sulfonic acid, vinyl sulfonic acid, methane sulfonic acid, p-toluene sulfonic acid, monomethyl sulfuric acid, monoethyl sulfuric acid, mono n-propyl sulfuric acid and the like.
  • a hydrate such as p-toluenesulfonic acid monohydrate may be used.
  • Examples of the compound represented by the general formula (II) include methyl chloride, methyl bromide, ethyl chloride, ethyl bromide, methyl iodide, ethyl iodide, n-butyl chloride, hexyl chloride, octyl chloride, dodecyl chloride, Tetradecyl chloride, hexadecyl chloride, phenethyl chloride, benzyl chloride, benzyl bromide, benzyl iodide, chlorobenzene, ⁇ -chlorophenylacetic acid, ⁇ -bromophenylacetic acid, ⁇ -iodophenylacetic acid, 4-chloromethylbenzoic acid, 4-bromomethyl
  • Examples include benzoic acid, 4-iodophenylbenzoic acid, chloroacetic acid, bromoacetic acid, iodoacetic acid, methyl ⁇
  • Examples of the compound represented by the general formula (III) include monobutyl phosphoric acid, dibutyl phosphoric acid, methyl phosphoric acid, dibenzyl phosphoric acid, diphenyl phosphoric acid, phenylphosphinic acid, phenylphosphonic acid, dimethacryloyloxyethyl acid phosphate and the like. .
  • groups consisting of the general formulas (I) to (III) phenylphosphinic acid, phenylphosphonic acid, dimethacryloyloxyethyl acid phosphate, dibutyl phosphoric acid, benzyl chloride, benzyl bromide, vinyl sulfone are particularly excellent in dispersion stability.
  • One or more selected from the group consisting of acids and p-toluenesulfonic acid monohydrate is preferable, among which phenylphosphinic acid, phenylphosphonic acid, benzyl chloride, benzylbromide, and p-toluenesulfonic acid monohydrate It is preferable to use one or more selected from the group consisting of products. Moreover, it is represented by the general formula (II) having an acidic group and its ester group from the viewpoint that the effect of suppressing development residue is improved by combination with a block copolymer having excellent dispersion stability and an acid value described later.
  • ⁇ -chlorophenylacetic acid ⁇ -bromophenylacetic acid, ⁇ -iodophenylacetic acid, 4-chloromethylbenzoic acid, 4-bromomethylbenzoic acid, and 4-iodophenylbenzoic acid, among others.
  • One or more selected from the group is also preferably used.
  • the content of one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of the general formulas (I) to (III) is represented by the general formula (2). Since the terminal structural unit represented by the structural unit is salted with the terminal structural unit represented by the general formula (2), the general formula (2) One or more compounds selected from the group consisting of I) to (III) are preferably 0.01 mol or more, more preferably 0.1 mol or more, and 0.2 mol or more. Is more preferably 0.3 mol or more. When it is at least the above lower limit value, the effect of improving the pigment dispersibility by salt formation is likely to be obtained.
  • it is preferably 1 mol or less, more preferably 0.8 mol or less, further preferably 0.7 mol or less, and particularly preferably 0.6 mol or less.
  • it is not more than the above upper limit value, it can be excellent in development adhesion and solvent re-solubility.
  • One or more compounds selected from the group consisting of the general formulas (I) to (III) may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When combining 2 or more types, it is preferable that the total content is in the above range.
  • the polymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (2) preferably further includes a portion having solvent affinity from the viewpoint of improving dispersibility.
  • the solvent affinity site among monomers having an ethylenically unsaturated bond that can be polymerized with the monomer that derives the structural unit represented by the general formula (2), the solvent affinity may be selected depending on the solvent. It is preferable to select and use as appropriate. As a standard, it is preferable to introduce a solvent-affinity site so that the solubility of the polymer at 23 ° C. is 50 (g / 100 g solvent) or more with respect to the solvent used in combination.
  • the dispersibility and dispersion stability of the pigment and the heat resistance of the resin composition can be improved, and a high-brightness and high-contrast colored layer can be formed.
  • Graft copolymers are preferred and block copolymers are particularly preferred. Hereinafter, particularly preferred block copolymers will be described in detail.
  • Block copolymer Assuming that the block containing the structural unit represented by the general formula (2) is an A block, the structural unit represented by the general formula (2) is basic and the A block has an adsorption site for the pigment. Function. Further, at least a part of the terminal nitrogen moiety of the structural unit represented by the general formula (2) and one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of the general formulas (I) to (III) are salts. Is formed, the salt-forming part functions as a stronger adsorption site for the pigment. On the other hand, the B block not containing the structural unit represented by the general formula (2) functions as a block having solvent affinity. Therefore, the block copolymer used in the present invention functions as a pigment dispersant by sharing the function between the pigment and the adsorbing A block and the B block having solvent affinity.
  • the A block is a block including the structural unit represented by the general formula (2), but the structural unit represented by the general formula (2) is as described above, and thus the description thereof is omitted here.
  • the structural unit represented by the general formula (2) it is preferable that three or more structural units represented by the general formula (2) are included. Among these, from the viewpoint of improving dispersibility and dispersion stability, it is preferably 3 to 100, more preferably 3 to 50, and even more preferably 3 to 30.
  • the structural unit represented by the general formula (2) only needs to function as a pigment adsorption site, and may be composed of one kind or may contain two or more kinds of structural units.
  • the A block may have a structural unit other than the structural unit represented by the general formula (2) within the scope of achieving the object of the present invention, and may share the structural unit represented by the general formula (2).
  • Any polymerizable structural unit can be contained.
  • the structural unit other than the structural unit represented by the general formula (2) that may be contained in the basic block part specifically, for example, a structural unit represented by the general formula (3) described later, etc. Is mentioned.
  • the content of the structural unit represented by the general formula (2) is 50 to 100% by mass with respect to the total mass of all structural units of the A block. Is preferable, more preferably 80 to 100% by mass, and most preferably 100% by mass.
  • the content rate of the said structural unit is computed from the preparation mass at the time of synthesize
  • the content ratio of the structural unit represented by the general formula (2) in the block copolymer before salt formation is such that all the structural units of the block copolymer are excellent in terms of dispersibility and dispersion stability.
  • the total mass is preferably 5 to 60% by mass, and more preferably 10 to 50% by mass.
  • the content rate of each structural unit in the said block copolymer is computed from the preparation mass at the time of synthesize
  • the structural unit represented by General formula (2) should just have affinity with a pigment, may consist of 1 type, and may contain 2 or more types of structural units. .
  • ⁇ B block ⁇ B block is a block which does not contain the structural unit represented by the said General formula (2).
  • the B block among monomers having an unsaturated double bond that can be copolymerized with the monomer that derives the structural unit represented by the general formula (2), the B block is appropriately selected depending on the solvent so as to have solvophilicity. It is preferable to select and use. As a guideline, it is preferable to introduce the B block so that the solubility of the copolymer at 23 ° C. is 20 (g / 100 g solvent) or more with respect to the solvent used in combination.
  • Examples of the structural unit constituting the B block include a monomer having an unsaturated double bond copolymerizable with the monomer that derives the structural unit represented by the general formula (2).
  • the structural unit represented by (3) is preferred.
  • R 21 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • Q ′ is a direct bond or a divalent linking group
  • R 22 is a hydrocarbon group, — [CH (R 23 ) —CH (R 24 ) —O] x —R 25 or — [(CH 2 ) y —O] z —R 25
  • each of R 23 and R 24 independently represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • R 25 represents a hydrogen atom, a hydrocarbon group, a monovalent group represented by —CHO, —CH 2 CHO, or —CH 2 COOR 26
  • R 26 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. It is a group.
  • the hydrocarbon group may have a substituent.
  • x represents an integer of 1 to 18, y represents an integer of 1 to 5, and z represents an integer of 1 to 18.
  • Q ′ is a direct bond or a divalent linking group.
  • the direct bond means that Q ′ has no atom, that is, C (carbon atom) in the general formula (3) and R 22 are bonded without interposing another atom.
  • the divalent linking group may be the same as Q in the general formula (2).
  • Q ′ is preferably a divalent linking group containing a direct bond, —CONH— group, or —COO— group from the viewpoint of solubility in an organic solvent.
  • R 22 represents a hydrocarbon group, — [CH (R 23 ) —CH (R 24 ) —O] x —R 25 or — [(CH 2 ) y —O] z —R 25. Indicates.
  • the hydrocarbon group for R 22 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 18 carbon atoms, an aralkyl group, or an aryl group.
  • the alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms may be linear, branched or cyclic.
  • the alkenyl group having 2 to 18 carbon atoms may be linear, branched or cyclic.
  • Examples of such an alkenyl group include a vinyl group, an allyl group, and a propenyl group.
  • the position of the double bond of the alkenyl group is not limited, but from the viewpoint of the reactivity of the polymer obtained, it is preferable that there is a double bond at the terminal of the alkenyl group.
  • Examples of the aliphatic hydrocarbon substituent such as an alkyl group or an alkenyl group include a nitro group and a halogen atom.
  • aryl group examples include a phenyl group, a biphenyl group, a naphthyl group, a tolyl group, and a xylyl group, and may further have a substituent.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the aryl group is preferably 6 to 24, and more preferably 6 to 12.
  • a benzyl group, a phenethyl group, a naphthylmethyl group, a biphenylmethyl group, etc. are mentioned, Furthermore, you may have a substituent.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the aralkyl group is preferably from 7 to 20, and more preferably from 7 to 14.
  • Examples of the substituent of the aromatic ring such as an aryl group and an aralkyl group include a straight-chain or branched alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group, a nitro group, and a halogen atom.
  • the preferred number of carbon atoms does not include the number of carbon atoms of the substituent.
  • x is an integer of 1 to 18, preferably an integer of 1 to 4, more preferably an integer of 1 to 2
  • y is an integer of 1 to 5, preferably an integer of 1 to 4, more preferably Is 2 or 3.
  • z is an integer of 1 to 18, preferably an integer of 1 to 4, more preferably an integer of 1 to 2.
  • the hydrocarbon group for R 25 can be the same as that shown for R 22 .
  • R 26 is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and may be linear, branched or cyclic. Further, R 22 in the structural unit represented by the general formula (3) may be the same or different.
  • the R 22 is preferably selected so as to be excellent in compatibility with the solvent described later.
  • the solvent is generally used as a solvent for the color resin composition for color filters.
  • a commonly used solvent such as glycol ether acetate, ether or ester is used, a methyl group, an ethyl group, an isobutyl group, an n-butyl group, a 2-ethylhexyl group, a benzyl group or the like is preferable.
  • R 22 may be substituted with a substituent such as an alkoxy group, a hydroxyl group, an epoxy group, or an isocyanate group within a range that does not hinder the dispersion performance of the block copolymer.
  • the substituent may be added by reacting with the compound having the substituent.
  • the structural unit represented by the general formula (3) is a group consisting of methacrylic acid, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, and benzyl methacrylate. It is preferable to include one or more selected structural units.
  • the number of structural units constituting the B block is not particularly limited, but is preferably 10 to 300 from the viewpoint that the solvent affinity site and the pigment adsorption site effectively act and improve the dispersibility of the pigment. More preferably, the number is 10 to 100, and even more preferably 10 to 70.
  • the content ratio of the structural unit represented by the general formula (3) is based on the total mass of all the structural units of the B block from the viewpoint of improving the solvent-solubility and pigment dispersibility.
  • it is preferably 50 to 100% by mass, and more preferably 70 to 100% by mass.
  • the content rate of the said structural unit is computed from the preparation mass at the time of synthesize
  • the content ratio of the structural unit represented by the general formula (3) in the block copolymer before salt formation is such that all the structural units of the block copolymer are improved from the viewpoint of improving pigment dispersibility and dispersion stability.
  • the total mass is preferably 40 to 95% by mass, more preferably 50 to 90% by mass.
  • the content rate of the said structural unit is computed from the preparation mass at the time of synthesize
  • the B block may be appropriately selected from structural units so as to function as a solvophilic moiety, and the structural unit represented by the general formula (3) may be composed of one kind, or two or more kinds.
  • the structural unit may be included. Two or more structural units included in the B block may be randomly arranged in the block.
  • the weight average molecular weight Mw of the copolymer is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1000 to 20000, more preferably 2000 to 15000 from the viewpoint of improving pigment dispersibility and dispersion stability. Further, it is more preferably 3000 to 12000.
  • the weight average molecular weight is determined as a standard polystyrene conversion value by (Mw) and gel permeation chromatography (GPC).
  • the weight average molecular weight Mw of the block copolymer is determined as a standard polystyrene conversion value by GPC (gel permeation chromatography).
  • HLC-8120GPC manufactured by Tosoh Corporation was used, the elution solvent was N-methylpyrrolidone to which 0.01 mol / liter of lithium bromide was added, and polystyrene standards for calibration curves were Mw377400, 210500, 96000, 50400. , 20650, 10850, 5460, 2930, 1300, 580 (Easy PS-2 series manufactured by Polymer Laboratories) and Mw1090000 (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation), and TSK-GEL ALPHA-M ⁇ 2 (Tosoh Corporation) (Made by Co., Ltd.).
  • each block of the block copolymer is not particularly limited, and for example, an AB block copolymer, an ABA block copolymer, a BAB block copolymer, and the like can be used.
  • an AB block copolymer or an ABA block copolymer is preferable in terms of excellent dispersibility.
  • the method for producing the block copolymer is not particularly limited. Although a block copolymer can be produced by a known method, it is preferable to produce it by a living polymerization method.
  • the salt type block copolymer can be prepared from the above general formulas (I) to (III) in a solvent in which a polymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (2) is dissolved or dispersed.
  • a solvent in which a polymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (2) is dissolved or dispersed.
  • examples thereof include a method of adding one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of stirring and further heating if necessary.
  • the terminal nitrogen moiety of the structural unit represented by the general formula (2) of the polymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) and the general formulas (I) to (III) The fact that one or more compounds selected from the group form a salt and the proportion thereof can be confirmed by a known method such as NMR.
  • the alkali-soluble resin in the present invention has an acidic group, acts as a binder resin, and is suitably selected from developers used for pattern formation, particularly preferably those that are soluble in an alkali developer. Can be used.
  • the acid value of the alkali-soluble resin is not particularly limited. From the viewpoint of improving the temporal stability such as dispersion stability and improving the heat resistance of the colored layer obtained from the resin composition, a resin having an acid value of 30 mgKOH / g or more and 300 mgKOH / g or less is used as the alkali-soluble resin. It is preferable.
  • the acid value represents the mass (mg) of KOH required to neutralize 1 g of solid content, and is a value determined by potentiometric titration according to JIS K 0070: 1992.
  • a preferred alkali-soluble resin in the present invention is a resin having a carboxy group as an acidic group, specifically, an acrylic copolymer having a carboxy group, an epoxy (meth) acrylate resin having a carboxy group, and a carboxy group.
  • examples thereof include polyamideimide resin.
  • particularly preferred are those having a carboxy group in the side chain and further having a photopolymerizable functional group such as an ethylenically unsaturated bond group in the side chain. This is because the film strength of the cured film formed by containing the photopolymerizable functional group is improved.
  • An alkali-soluble resin in which an ethylenically unsaturated bond group is introduced into a side chain for example, by adding an ethylenically unsaturated compound having a reactive functional group such as a glycidyl group or a hydroxyl group to the resin having a carboxy group.
  • an ethylenically unsaturated compound having a reactive functional group such as a glycidyl group or a hydroxyl group.
  • two or more kinds of alkali-soluble resins selected from the group consisting of acrylic copolymers having carboxy groups, epoxy acrylate resins having carboxy groups, and polyamideimide resins having carboxy groups are used. Also good.
  • An acrylic copolymer having a carboxy group is obtained by copolymerizing a carboxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated monomer and another ethylenically unsaturated monomer.
  • acrylic copolymer having a carboxy group examples include those described in JP 2013-029832 A, and specific examples thereof include, for example, methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) Examples thereof include a copolymer comprising an ethylenically unsaturated monomer having no carboxy group such as acrylate and styrene, and one or more selected from (meth) acrylic acid and anhydrides thereof.
  • a polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated bond introduced by adding an ethylenically unsaturated compound having a reactive functional group such as a glycidyl group or a hydroxyl group to the above copolymer can be exemplified, but the present invention is not limited thereto. Is not to be done.
  • the monomer having no carboxy group preferably has a hydrocarbon ring.
  • a hydrocarbon ring By including a bulky hydrocarbon ring in the colored layer, the solvent resistance and heat resistance of the obtained colored layer are increased.
  • hydrocarbon rings include aliphatic hydrocarbon rings that may have a substituent, aromatic hydrocarbon rings that may have a substituent, and combinations thereof. May have a substituent such as an alkyl group, a carbonyl group, a carboxy group, an oxycarbonyl group, an amide group, a hydroxyl group, a nitro group, an amino group, or a halogen atom.
  • the hydrocarbon ring may be contained as a monovalent group or a divalent or higher group.
  • hydrocarbon ring examples include aliphatic hydrocarbons such as cyclopropane, cyclobutane, cyclopentane, cyclohexane, norbornane, tricyclo [5.2.1.0 (2,6)] decane (dicyclopentane), and adamantane.
  • Ring aromatic hydrocarbon ring such as benzene, naphthalene, anthracene, phenanthrene, fluorene, etc .; chain polycycle such as biphenyl, terphenyl, diphenylmethane, triphenylmethane, stilbene, cardo structure (9,9-diarylfluorene), etc. Is mentioned.
  • hydrocarbon ring When an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring is included as the hydrocarbon ring, it is preferable from the viewpoint of improving the heat resistance and adhesion of the colored layer and improving the luminance of the obtained colored layer.
  • the alkali-soluble resin preferably has a bridged cyclic hydrocarbon ring, which is an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring having a structure in which two or more rings share two or more atoms.
  • Specific examples of the bridged cyclic hydrocarbon ring include norbornane, isobornane, adamantane, tricyclo [5.2.1.0 (2,6)] decane, tricyclo [5.2.1.0 (2,6)].
  • Decene, tricyclopentene, tricyclopentane, tricyclopentadiene, dicyclopentadiene; groups in which a part of these groups are substituted with a substituent are mentioned.
  • substituents examples include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkylcycloalkyl group, a hydroxyl group, a carbonyl group, a nitro group, an amino group, and a halogen atom.
  • the lower limit of the number of carbon atoms in the crosslinked cyclic hydrocarbon ring is preferably 5 or more, and particularly preferably 7 or more, from the viewpoint of compatibility with other materials and solubility in an alkali developer.
  • the upper limit is preferably 12 or less, and particularly preferably 10 or less.
  • the copolymerization ratio of the carboxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated monomer in the carboxy group-containing copolymer is usually 5 to 50% by mass, preferably 10 to 40% by mass.
  • the copolymerization ratio of the carboxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated monomer is less than 5% by mass, the solubility of the resulting coating film in an alkaline developer is lowered, and pattern formation becomes difficult.
  • the copolymerization ratio exceeds 50% by mass, there is a tendency that the formed pattern is easily dropped from the substrate or the pattern surface is roughened during development with an alkali developer.
  • the acid value of the carboxy group-containing copolymer is preferably 30 mgKOH / g or more and 200 mgKOH / g or less, more preferably 50 mgKOH / g or more and 150 mgKOH / g or less, and 60 mgKOH / g or more and 120 mgmgKOH / g or less. Even more preferably.
  • the preferred weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the carboxy group-containing copolymer is preferably in the range of 1,000 to 50,000, more preferably 3,000 to 20,000. If it is less than 1,000, the binder function after curing may be remarkably lowered. If it exceeds 50,000, pattern formation may be difficult during development with an alkali developer.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the alkali-soluble resin can be measured by a Shodex GPC System-21H using polystyrene as a standard substance and THF as an eluent.
  • Acrylate compounds are suitable.
  • the acid value of the epoxy (meth) acrylate resin having a carboxy group is preferably 30 mgKOH / g or more and 200 mgKOH / g or less, more preferably 50 mgKOH / g or more and 150 mgKOH / g or less, and 60 mgKOH / g or more. More preferably, it is 120 mgmgKOH / g or less.
  • the epoxy compound, the unsaturated group-containing monocarboxylic acid, and the acid anhydride for preparing the epoxy (meth) acrylate resin having a carboxy group can be appropriately selected from known ones.
  • the polyamideimide resin having a carboxy group is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of developability, it is preferably 90 mgKOH / g or more, more preferably 110 mgKOH / g or more, and still more. It is preferable that it is 130 mgKOH / g or more.
  • the acid value of the polyamideimide resin having a carboxy group is preferably 300 KOHmg / g or less, and more preferably 250 KOHmg / g or less, from the viewpoint of suppression of water stain and excellent stability of the colored resin composition. preferable.
  • polyamide-imide resin having a carboxy group it is possible to form a colored layer with improved brightness and contrast, easily develop a colored resin composition for a color filter having good developability and suppressing occurrence of water stain after development.
  • it is preferably a polyamideimide resin having a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (A).
  • each Ra independently represents a residue of a divalent aliphatic diisocyanate
  • Rb is a structural unit represented by the following general formula (B1), (B2) or (B3)
  • Rc is represented by the following general formula (C1), (C2), (C3), (C4), (C5), (C6), (C7), (C8), (C9), or (C10).
  • the plurality of Ra, Rb and Rc present in the polyamideimide resin may be the same or different, and at least one of Rb is represented by the following general formula (B1) or ( B2) is a structural unit and includes an acidic group in at least one of Rc and the resin terminal, n represents the number of repeating units and is 1 or more.
  • each Rd is independently an aromatic or aliphatic tricarboxylic acid residue or tetracarboxylic acid residue which may have a substituent having 6 to 20 carbon atoms. Represents a residue obtained by removing a hydroxyl group from an alcohol compound.
  • Residues of aliphatic diisocyanates, aromatic or aliphatic tricarboxylic acid residues or tetracarboxylic acid residues which may have a substituent having 6 to 20 carbon atoms in the repeating unit represented by the general formula (A) May be introduced by appropriately selecting aliphatic diisocyanates, aromatic or aliphatic tricarboxylic acids or tetracarboxylic acids which may have a substituent having 6 to 20 carbon atoms. It is not limited to the following examples.
  • divalent aliphatic diisocyanates examples include linear aliphatic diisocyanates and cycloaliphatic diisocyanates.
  • HDI hexamethylene diisocyanate
  • HMDI trimethylhexamethylene diisocyanate
  • IPDI isophorone diisocyanate
  • Examples include 4,4′-dicyclohexylmethane diisocyanate, hydrogenated tolylene diisocyanate (HTDI), hydrogenated xylene diisocyanate (HXDI), norbornane diisocyanate (NBDI), hydrogenated diphenylmethane diisocyanate, and the like.
  • each Ra is preferably a residue of a divalent cycloaliphatic diisocyanate from the viewpoint of further improving the brightness of the colored layer and suppressing the occurrence of water stain.
  • Ra is preferably a residue of isophorone diisocyanate from the viewpoint of further improving the luminance of the colored layer and suppressing the occurrence of water stain.
  • Examples of the aromatic tricarboxylic acid anhydride which may have a substituent having 6 to 20 carbon atoms include trimellitic anhydride and naphthalene-1,2,4-tricarboxylic acid anhydride.
  • Examples of the aliphatic tricarboxylic acid anhydride having a substituent having 6 to 20 carbon atoms include linear aliphatic tricarboxylic acid anhydrides and cyclic aliphatic tricarboxylic acid anhydrides, such as propane tricarboxylic acid.
  • Anhydride, cyclohexanetricarboxylic acid anhydride, methylcyclohexanetricarboxylic acid anhydride, cyclohexentricarboxylic acid anhydride, methylcyclohexentricarboxylic acid anhydride and the like can be mentioned.
  • aromatic or aliphatic tetracarboxylic anhydride that may have a substituent having 6 to 20 carbon atoms include pyromellitic dianhydride, benzophenone-3,3 ′, 4,4′- Examples thereof include tetracarboxylic dianhydride and cyclohexane-1,2,4,5-tetracarboxylic dianhydride.
  • the polyamideimide resin having a repeating unit represented by the general formula (A) can be prepared by referring to, for example, International Publication No. 2015/008744.
  • the polyamide-imide resin contains an unsaturated double bond group from the viewpoint that a colored layer with improved luminance and contrast can be formed and the remaining film ratio of the colored layer is further improved.
  • An ethylenically unsaturated bond group can be introduced, for example, by adding an ethylenically unsaturated compound having a reactive functional group such as a glycidyl group or a hydroxyl group to the carboxyl group of the polyamideimide resin.
  • the alkali-soluble resin used in the present invention may contain a polyamideimide resin having a carboxy group, and in particular, may contain a polyamideimide resin having a repeating unit represented by the general formula (A). This is preferable because the absolute value of the phase difference can be easily reduced.
  • the alkali-soluble resin used in the present invention contains an acrylic copolymer having an acid value of 50 KOHmg / g or more and the polyamide-imide resin having the carboxy group, thereby reducing the absolute value of the retardation.
  • the alkali-soluble resin used in the colored resin composition for color filters may be used alone or in combination of two or more, and the content is not particularly limited, but for color filters.
  • the alkali-soluble resin is preferably in the range of 5 to 60% by mass, more preferably 10 to 40% by mass, based on the total solid content of the colored resin composition. If the content of the alkali-soluble resin is less than the above lower limit, sufficient alkali developability may not be obtained, and if the content of the alkali-soluble resin is more than the above upper limit, the film may be rough during development. Pattern chipping may occur.
  • the solid content is everything except the above-mentioned solvent, and includes a liquid polyfunctional monomer.
  • the monomer used in the colored fat composition for a color filter is not particularly limited as long as it can be polymerized by a photoinitiator described later, and usually a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated double bond is used. It preferably has an acryloyl group or a methacryloyl group. Moreover, it is preferable that the polyfunctional (meth) acrylate which has 2 or more of ethylenically unsaturated double bonds is included. Such polyfunctional (meth) acrylate may be appropriately selected from conventionally known ones. Specific examples include those described in JP2013-029832A.
  • polyfunctional monomer has three (trifunctional) or more of the double bond which can superpose
  • dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate modified with succinic acid, dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate, and the like are particularly preferable.
  • the content of the monomer used in the colored resin composition for color filters is not particularly limited, but the monomer is preferably 5 to 60% by mass, more preferably based on the total solid content of the colored resin composition for color filter. It is within the range of 10 to 40% by mass. If the monomer content is less than the above lower limit, photocuring will not proceed sufficiently, and the exposed part may be eluted during development, and if the monomer content is greater than the above upper limit, alkali developability may be reduced. There is.
  • the pigment concentration is high, it is preferable to further contain an alkylene oxide-modified monomer in order to improve the development solubility.
  • trimethylolpropane PO-modified triacrylate, trimethylolpropane EO-modified triacrylate examples thereof include acrylate, isocyanuric acid EO-modified triacrylate, and diglycerin EO-modified acrylate. Of these, diglycerin EO-modified acrylate and trimethylolpropane EO-modified triacrylate are particularly preferable.
  • EO-modified means having a block structure of ethylene oxide units (—CH 2 —CH 2 —O—), and “PO-modified” means propylene oxide units (—CH 2 —CH (CH 3 )). -O-) having a block structure.
  • the addition amount of the alkylene oxide-modified monomer can be adjusted as appropriate, but it is preferably added in the range of 5 to 100% by mass with respect to the total amount of monomers from the viewpoint of the balance between development solubility and curability.
  • ⁇ Initiator> There is no restriction
  • water stain refers to this phenomenon in which a trace of water stain is generated after rinsing with pure water after alkali development. Such a water stain disappears after post-baking, so there is no problem as a product. Arise. Therefore, if the inspection sensitivity of the inspection apparatus is lowered in the appearance inspection, the yield of the final color filter product is lowered as a result, which becomes a problem.
  • oxime ester-based photoinitiator those having an aromatic ring are preferable from the viewpoint of reducing contamination of the colored resin composition for color filters and degradation of the apparatus due to decomposition products, and having condensed rings including aromatic rings. More preferred are those having a condensed ring containing a benzene ring and a heterocycle.
  • oxime ester photoinitiators examples include 1,2-octadion-1- [4- (phenylthio)-, 2- (o-benzoyloxime)], ethanone, 1- [9-ethyl-6- (2-methyl) Benzoyl) -9H-carbazol-3-yl]-, 1- (o-acetyloxime), JP 2000-80068 A, JP 2001-233842 A, Special Table 2010-527339, Special Table 2010-527338, It can be appropriately selected from oxime ester photoinitiators described in JP2013-041153A.
  • Irgacure OXE-01 having a carbazole skeleton Irgacure OXE-02, Irgacure OXE-03 (above, manufactured by BASF), Adeka Arcles N-1919, Adeka Arcles NCI-831 (above, made by ADEKA) TR-PBG-304, TR-PBG-326 (manufactured by Changzhou Strong Electronic New Materials Co., Ltd.), Adeka Arcles NCI-930 (manufactured by ADEKA) having a diphenyl sulfide skeleton, TR-PBG-345, TR-PBG -3057 (manufactured by Changzhou Strong Electronic New Materials Co., Ltd.), TR-PBG-365 (manufactured by Changzhou Strong Electronic New Materials Co., Ltd.) having a fluorene skeleton, etc. may be used.
  • an oxime ester photoinitiator having a diphenyl sulfide skeleton or a fluorene skeleton from the viewpoint of luminance. It is preferable to use an oxime ester photoinitiator having a carbazole skeleton from the viewpoint of high sensitivity. Moreover, it is preferable to use two or more kinds of oxime ester photoinitiators in terms of easily improving development resistance and having a high effect of suppressing the occurrence of water stain.
  • two types of oxime ester photoinitiators having a diphenyl sulfide skeleton or a combination of an oxime ester photoinitiator having a diphenyl sulfide skeleton and an oxime ester photoinitiator having a fluorene skeleton tend to increase the brightness. From the viewpoint of high heat resistance.
  • a photoinitiator having a tertiary amine structure in combination with the oxime ester photoinitiator from the viewpoint of improving sensitivity. Since the photoinitiator having a tertiary amine structure has a tertiary amine structure that is an oxygen quencher in the molecule, radicals generated from the initiator are hardly deactivated by oxygen, and sensitivity can be improved. is there.
  • Examples of commercially available photoinitiators having the tertiary amine structure include 2-methyl-1- (4-methylthiophenyl) -2-morpholinopropan-1-one (for example, Irgacure 907, manufactured by BASF), 2-benzyl-2- (dimethylamino) -1- (4-morpholinophenyl) -1-butanone (eg Irgacure 369, manufactured by BASF), 4,4′-bis (diethylamino) benzophenone (eg Hycure ABP, Kawaguchi Pharmaceutical).
  • 2-methyl-1- (4-methylthiophenyl) -2-morpholinopropan-1-one for example, Irgacure 907, manufactured by BASF
  • 2-benzyl-2- (dimethylamino) -1- (4-morpholinophenyl) -1-butanone eg Irgacure 369, manufactured by BASF
  • the content of the photoinitiator used in the colored resin composition for a color filter is not particularly limited, but the photoinitiator is preferably 0.1 to 12 mass with respect to the total solid content of the colored resin composition for the color filter. %, More preferably in the range of 0.6 to 8% by weight. If this content is less than the above lower limit, the photocuring will not proceed sufficiently, and the exposed part may be eluted during development, while if it exceeds the above upper limit, the yellowing of the resulting colored layer will become strong and the luminance will be high. May decrease.
  • the solvent used in the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it is an organic solvent that does not react with each component in the colored resin composition and can dissolve or disperse them.
  • a solvent can be used individually or in combination of 2 or more types.
  • Specific examples of the solvent include alcohol solvents such as methyl alcohol, ethyl alcohol, N-propyl alcohol, i-propyl alcohol, methoxy alcohol, and ethoxy alcohol; carbitol solvents such as methoxyethoxyethanol and ethoxyethoxyethanol; Ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, methyl methoxypropionate, ethyl methoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl lactate, methyl hydroxypropionate, ethyl hydroxypropionate, n-butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, isobutyl butyrate, n-butyrate Ester solvents such as butyl,
  • glycol ether acetate solvents examples include butyl carbitol acetate solvents, glycol ether solvents, and ester solvents.
  • the solvent used in the present invention propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA), propylene glycol monomethyl ether, butyl carbitol acetate (BCA), 3-methoxy-3-methyl-1-butyl acetate, 3-ethoxypropionic acid
  • PGMEA propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate
  • BCA butyl carbitol acetate
  • 3-methoxy-3-methyl-1-butyl acetate 3-ethoxypropionic acid
  • One or more selected from the group consisting of ethyl, ethyl lactate, and 3-methoxybutyl acetate is preferable from the viewpoints of solubility of other components and applicability.
  • ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, 3-methoxy-3-methylbutyl acetate and the like can be preferably used as the high boiling point solvent having a boiling point of 150 ° C. to 200 ° C., and the pigment concentration is 30% or more.
  • the high boiling point solvent is preferably contained in an amount of 0 to 40% by mass, more preferably 0 to 30% by mass, based on the total amount of the solvent.
  • the colored resin composition for a color filter may contain various additives as necessary.
  • the additive include an antioxidant, a polymerization terminator, a chain transfer agent, a leveling agent, a plasticizer, a surfactant, an antifoaming agent, a silane coupling agent, an ultraviolet absorber, and an adhesion promoter. Can be mentioned. Moreover, you may contain coloring materials, such as dye, in the range which does not impair the effect of this invention.
  • the colored resin composition for a color filter of the present invention further contains an antioxidant.
  • the antioxidant may be appropriately selected from conventionally known antioxidants. Specific examples of antioxidants include, for example, hindered phenol antioxidants, amine antioxidants, phosphorus antioxidants, sulfur antioxidants, hydrazine antioxidants, and the like. From the viewpoint, it is preferable to use a hindered phenol-based antioxidant. It may be a latent antioxidant as described in WO2014 / 021023.
  • hindered phenol-based antioxidant for example, pentaerythritol tetrakis [3- (3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate] (trade name: trade name: IRGANOX 1010, manufactured by BASF), 1,3,5-tris (3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl) isocyanurate (trade name: Irganox 3114, manufactured by BASF), 2,4,6-tris (4-hydroxy-3 , 5-di-tert-butylbenzyl) mesitylene (trade name: Irganox 1330, manufactured by BASF), 2,2′-methylenebis (6-tert-butyl-4-methylphenol) (trade name: Sumilyzer MDP-S, Manufactured by Sumitomo Chemical Co., Ltd., 6,6'-thiobis (2-tert-butyl-4-methylphenol) (Trade name: Irganox 1081, manufactured
  • pentaerythritol tetrakis [3- (3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate] (trade name: trade name: IRGANOX1010, manufactured by BASF) is preferable from the viewpoint of heat resistance and light resistance. .
  • the colored resin composition for a color filter of the present invention contains, as a photosensitive colored resin composition, a combination of the oxime ester photoinitiator and an antioxidant with a synergistic effect, and during development, accompany it. It is preferable from the viewpoint that chipping and peeling during development are less likely to occur, and color unevenness due to irregular reflection of light when the colored layer is viewed from an oblique direction is further less likely to occur.
  • the colored resin composition for a color filter of the present invention contains the red pigment, so that the pigment concentration tends to be high, and it is preferable that the colored resin composition is combined in view of the above-described problem.
  • antioxidant is 0.1 mass part or more and 10.0 mass part or less with respect to 100 mass parts of total solids in a colored resin composition, 0.5 It is more preferable that the amount is not less than 5.0 parts by mass. If it is more than the said lower limit, it is excellent in heat resistance and light resistance. On the other hand, if it is below the said upper limit, the colored resin composition of this invention can be made into a highly sensitive photosensitive resin composition.
  • the content of the antioxidant is 1 part by mass of the antioxidant with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total amount of the oxime ester photoinitiator.
  • the amount is preferably 250 parts by mass or less, more preferably 3 parts by mass or more and 80 parts by mass or less, and still more preferably 5 parts by mass or more and 45 parts by mass or less. If it is in the said range, it is excellent in the effect of the said combination.
  • the surfactant and the plasticizer include those described in JP2013-029832A.
  • a dye it can select suitably from well-known dyes and can use it, and an azo dye, an anthraquinone dye, a triphenylmethane dye, a xanthene dye, a phthalocyanine dye, an indigo dye etc. are mentioned as a specific example.
  • the total pigment content is preferably 3 to 65 mass%, more preferably 4 to 60 mass%, based on the total solid content of the colored resin composition for color filters. If it is not less than the above lower limit, the colored layer has a sufficient color density when the colored resin composition for a color filter is applied to a predetermined film thickness (usually 1.0 to 5.0 ⁇ m). Moreover, if it is below the said upper limit, while being excellent in storage stability, the colored layer which has sufficient hardness and adhesiveness with a board
  • the pigment content is 15 to 65% by mass, more preferably 25 to 60% by mass, based on the total solid content of the colored resin composition for color filters. It is preferable to mix
  • the content of the dispersant is not particularly limited as long as it can uniformly disperse the pigment.
  • the content of the dispersant is from 1 to the total solid content of the colored resin composition for a color filter. 40% by mass can be used. Further, it is preferably blended in a proportion of 2 to 30% by mass, particularly preferably 3 to 25% by mass, based on the total solid content of the colored resin composition for color filters.
  • the mass of the dispersing agent is one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of the block copolymer before salt formation and the above general formulas (I) to (III) And the total mass.
  • a solvent suitably in the range which can form a colored layer accurately.
  • it is preferably in the range of 55 to 95% by mass, more preferably in the range of 65 to 88% by mass, based on the total amount of the colored resin composition for color filters containing the solvent.
  • the content of the solvent is within the above range, the coating property can be excellent.
  • the first colored resin composition for color filter has the chromaticity in the XYZ color system of JIS Z8701: 1999 measured using a C light source when the colored layer of the colored resin composition is formed.
  • the phase difference (Rth) of light having a wavelength of 620 nm in the thickness direction of the colored layer is preferably from ⁇ 30 nm to 60 nm, more preferably from ⁇ 20 nm to 45 nm, and from ⁇ 10 nm to 20 nm. Is even more preferable.
  • the contrast of the colored layer is preferably 4000 or more, more preferably 5000 or more, and even more preferably 6000 or more.
  • the chromaticity (x, y) is in the range of 0.630 ⁇ x ⁇ 0.665 and 0.326 ⁇ y ⁇ 0.335. The increase in the phase difference is small, and the brightness and contrast can be increased.
  • the second colored resin composition for color filter the pigment is further selected from a red pigment, an orange pigment, and a yellow pigment different from the red pigment represented by the general formula (1).
  • the phase difference (Rth) of light having a wavelength of 620 nm in the thickness direction of the colored layer is in the range of ⁇ 30 nm to 120 nm.
  • the phase difference (Rth) of light having a wavelength of 620 nm in the thickness direction of the colored layer is preferably ⁇ 30 nm to 60 nm, more preferably ⁇ 20 nm to 45 nm, and more preferably 0 nm to 10 nm. Even more preferred.
  • the contrast of the colored layer is preferably 4000 or more, more preferably 5000 or more, and even more preferably 6000 or more.
  • the chromaticity (x, y) is in the range of 0.630 ⁇ x ⁇ 0.665 and 0.295 ⁇ y ⁇ 0.360. The increase in the phase difference is small, and the brightness and contrast can be increased.
  • the thickness of the colored layer is preferably 0.5 to 5 ⁇ m, and particularly preferably 1 to 3 ⁇ m.
  • the retardation (Rth) of the colored layer can be calculated, for example, by measuring the refractive index at an arbitrary wavelength using a retardation layer measuring apparatus (Axoscan TM Mueller Matrix Polarimeter manufactured by AXOMETRIC).
  • Rth ((Nx + Ny) / 2 ⁇ Nz) d
  • Nx Refractive index in the in-plane slow axis direction
  • Ny Refractive index in the in-plane fast axis direction
  • Nz Refractive index in the thickness direction
  • d Film thickness (nm)
  • the thickness of the colored layer is not particularly limited, but it is preferably measured as 1 to 3 ⁇ m.
  • the production method of the colored resin composition for a color filter of the present invention is not particularly limited.
  • a pigment containing a red pigment represented by the general formula (1) and a structural unit represented by the general formula (2) Add a alkali-soluble resin, a monomer, a photoinitiator, and other components as necessary to a pigment dispersion containing a solvent containing a copolymer and a solvent, and add a known mixing means. It can be obtained by using and mixing.
  • a red pigment dispersion represented by the general formula (1) and, if necessary, a pigment dispersion of another pigment are prepared.
  • the resin, the monomer, the photoinitiator, and other components as required can be obtained by mixing using a known mixing means.
  • the method for preparing the pigment dispersion is not particularly limited as long as the pigment is a method for obtaining a pigment dispersion dispersed in a solvent with the dispersant.
  • the pigment can be dispersed using a conventionally known disperser.
  • the dispersing machine include roll mills such as two rolls and three rolls, ball mills such as a ball mill and a vibration ball mill, bead mills such as a paint conditioner, a continuous disk type bead mill, and a continuous annular type bead mill.
  • the bead diameter to be used is preferably 0.03 to 3.0 mm, more preferably 0.05 to 2.0 mm.
  • preliminary dispersion is performed with 2.0 mm zirconia beads having a relatively large bead diameter, and main dispersion is further performed with 0.1 mm zirconia beads having a relatively small bead diameter. Further, after dispersion, it is preferably filtered through a 0.5 to 2 ⁇ m filter.
  • the color filter according to the present invention is a color filter comprising at least a substrate and a colored layer provided on the substrate, and at least one of the colored layers is a colored resin composition for a color filter according to the present invention. It has a colored layer which is a cured product.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic sectional view showing an example of the color filter of the present invention.
  • the color filter 10 of the present invention has a substrate 1, a light shielding part 2, and a colored layer 3.
  • At least one of the colored layers used in the color filter of the present invention is a cured product of the colored resin composition for a color filter according to the present invention, that is, a colored layer formed by curing the colored resin composition.
  • the colored layer is usually formed in an opening of a light-shielding part on the substrate to be described later, and is usually composed of a colored pattern of three or more colors.
  • the arrangement of the colored layers is not particularly limited, and for example, a general arrangement such as a stripe type, a mosaic type, a triangle type, or a four-pixel arrangement type can be used.
  • variety, area, etc. of a colored layer can be set arbitrarily.
  • the thickness of the colored layer is appropriately controlled by adjusting the coating method, the solid content concentration, the viscosity, and the like of the colored resin composition for a color filter, but is usually preferably in the range of 1 to 5 ⁇ m.
  • the colored layer can be formed by the following method, for example.
  • a coating means such as a spray coating method, a dip coating method, a bar coating method, a roll coating method, a spin coating method, or a die coating method. Apply to form a wet coating.
  • spin coating and die coating can be preferably used.
  • the wet coating film is dried using a hot plate or oven, it is exposed through a mask having a predetermined pattern, and a cured coating film is obtained by photopolymerizing an alkali-soluble resin and a monomer.
  • the light source used for exposure examples include ultraviolet rays such as a low-pressure mercury lamp, a high-pressure mercury lamp, and a metal halide lamp, and an electron beam.
  • the exposure amount is appropriately adjusted depending on the light source used, the thickness of the coating film, and the like. Further, heat treatment may be performed in order to accelerate the polymerization reaction after exposure.
  • the heating conditions are appropriately selected depending on the blending ratio of each component in the colored resin composition for the color filter to be used, the thickness of the coating film, and the like.
  • a coating film is formed with a desired pattern by melt
  • a solution in which an alkali is dissolved in water or a water-soluble solvent is usually used.
  • An appropriate amount of a surfactant or the like may be added to the alkaline solution.
  • a general method can be adopted as the developing method.
  • the developer is washed and the cured coating film of the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filter is dried to form a colored layer.
  • the heating conditions are not particularly limited and are appropriately selected depending on the application of the coating film.
  • the light shielding part in the color filter of the present invention is formed in a pattern on a substrate to be described later, and can be the same as that used as a light shielding part in a general color filter.
  • the pattern shape of the light shielding portion is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a stripe shape and a matrix shape.
  • the light shielding part may be a metal thin film such as chromium by sputtering, vacuum deposition or the like.
  • the light shielding part may be a resin layer in which light shielding particles such as carbon fine particles, metal oxides, inorganic pigments, and organic pigments are contained in a resin binder.
  • the thickness of the light shielding part is set to about 0.2 to 0.4 ⁇ m in the case of a metal thin film, and is set to about 0.5 to 2 ⁇ m in the case where a black pigment is dispersed or dissolved in a binder resin. Is done.
  • substrate As the substrate, a transparent substrate or a silicon substrate, which will be described later, or an aluminum, silver, or silver / copper / palladium alloy thin film formed on the substrate is used. On these substrates, another color filter layer, a resin layer, a transistor such as a TFT, a circuit, or the like may be formed.
  • the transparent substrate in the color filter of the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it is a base material transparent to visible light, and a transparent substrate used for a general color filter can be used.
  • transparent flexible rigid materials such as quartz glass, alkali-free glass, and synthetic quartz plates, or transparent flexible flexible materials such as transparent resin films, optical resin plates, and flexible glasses. Materials.
  • the thickness of the transparent substrate is not particularly limited, but for example, a thickness of about 100 ⁇ m to 1 mm can be used according to the use of the color filter of the present invention.
  • the color filter of the present invention includes, for example, an overcoat layer, a transparent electrode layer, an alignment film, an alignment protrusion, a columnar spacer, etc., in addition to the substrate, the light shielding portion, and the colored layer. Also good.
  • the display device includes the color filter according to the present invention.
  • the configuration of the display device is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately selected from conventionally known display devices, such as a liquid crystal display device and an organic light emitting display device.
  • display defects such as liquid crystal orientation disorder due to the electrical characteristics of the green pixel and image sticking phenomenon due to switching threshold deviation are suppressed.
  • the device is preferably selected.
  • the liquid crystal display device of the present invention includes the color filter according to the present invention described above, a counter substrate, and a liquid crystal layer formed between the color filter and the counter substrate.
  • a liquid crystal display device of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram illustrating an example of a display device of the present invention, and is a schematic diagram illustrating an example of a liquid crystal display device.
  • the liquid crystal display device 40 of the present invention includes a color filter 10, a counter substrate 20 having a TFT array substrate and the like, and a liquid crystal layer formed between the color filter 10 and the counter substrate 20. 30.
  • the liquid crystal display device of the present invention is not limited to the configuration shown in FIG. 2, but can be a configuration generally known as a liquid crystal display device using a color filter.
  • the driving method of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention is not particularly limited, and a driving method generally used for a liquid crystal display device can be employed. Examples of such a drive method include a TN method, an IPS method, an OCB method, and an MVA method. In the present invention, any of these methods can be preferably used. Further, the counter substrate can be appropriately selected and used according to the driving method of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention. Furthermore, as the liquid crystal constituting the liquid crystal layer, various liquid crystals having different dielectric anisotropy and mixtures thereof can be used according to the driving method of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention.
  • a method for forming a liquid crystal layer a method generally used as a method for producing a liquid crystal cell can be used, and examples thereof include a vacuum injection method and a liquid crystal dropping method.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram illustrating another example of the display device of the present invention, and is a schematic diagram illustrating an example of an organic light emitting display device.
  • the organic light emitting display device 100 of the present invention includes a color filter 10 and an organic light emitter 80.
  • An organic protective layer 50 and an inorganic oxide film 60 may be provided between the color filter 10 and the organic light emitter 80.
  • the transparent anode 71, the hole injection layer 72, the hole transport layer 73, the light emitting layer 74, the electron injection layer 75, and the cathode 76 are sequentially formed on the upper surface of the color filter. Examples thereof include a method and a method in which an organic light emitter 80 formed on another substrate is bonded onto the inorganic oxide film 60.
  • the transparent anode 71, the hole injection layer 72, the hole transport layer 73, the light emitting layer 74, the electron injection layer 75, the cathode 76, and other configurations in the organic light emitting body 80 known structures can be appropriately used.
  • the organic light emitting display device 100 manufactured as described above can be applied to, for example, a passive drive type organic EL display or an active drive type organic EL display.
  • the organic light emitting display device of the present invention is not limited to the configuration shown in FIG. 3, and may be a known configuration as an organic light emitting display device that generally uses a color filter.
  • EEMA 1-ethoxyethyl methacrylate
  • HEMA 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate
  • EHMA 2-ethylhexyl methacrylate
  • methacrylic acid 13.7 parts by mass of n-butyl (BMA), 9.5 parts by mass of benzyl methacrylate (BzMA), and 17.5 parts by mass of methyl methacrylate (MMA)
  • BMA n-butyl
  • BzMA benzyl methacrylate
  • MMA methyl methacrylate
  • DMMA dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate
  • the obtained block copolymer PGMEA solution is reprecipitated in hexane, purified by filtration and vacuum drying, and a structural unit derived from a block containing a structural unit represented by the general formula (2) and a carboxy group-containing monomer And a block copolymer I containing B block having solvophilicity.
  • the block copolymer I thus obtained was confirmed by GPC (gel permeation chromatography). The weight average molecular weight Mw was 7730.
  • Production Example 2 Production of Dispersant II
  • a salt type block copolymer II (dispersant II) was obtained in the same manner as in Production Example 1 except that the amount of the monomer was changed as shown in Table 1 below.
  • Example 4 Production of Dispersant IV
  • a block copolymer IV was obtained in the same manner as in Production Example 1 (1) except that in Example 1 (1), the type and amount of the monomer were changed as shown in Table 1 below.
  • 10.0 mass parts of block copolymer IV was dissolved in 42.56 mass parts of PGMEA, and benzyl chloride (manufactured by Kanto Chemical Co., Ltd.) as a salt forming component was 0.64.
  • Mass part (0.3 equivalent with respect to the DMMA unit of a block copolymer) was added, and it stirred at the reaction temperature of 80 degreeC for 12 hours, and prepared the salt type block copolymer solution IV of 20 mass% of solid content.
  • glycidyl methacrylate 20 parts by mass of glycidyl methacrylate (GMA), 0.2 parts by mass of triethylamine, and 0.05 parts by mass of p-methoxyphenol are added to the obtained polymer solution and heated at 110 ° C. for 10 hours.
  • the carboxylic acid group of the main chain methacrylic acid and the epoxy group of glycidyl methacrylate were reacted to obtain an alkali-soluble resin A solution.
  • air was bubbled through the reaction solution in order to prevent polymerization of glycidyl methacrylate.
  • the reaction was followed by measuring the acid value of the solution.
  • the obtained alkali-soluble resin A solution is a resin in which a side chain having an ethylenic double bond is introduced into the main chain formed by copolymerization of BzMA, MMA, and MAA using GMA and has a solid content of 40% by mass.
  • the acid value was 74 mgKOH / g, and the weight average molecular weight was 12,000.
  • the obtained alkali-soluble resin B solution is a resin in which a side chain having an ethylenic double bond is introduced into the main chain formed by copolymerization of St, CHMA, MMA, and MAA using GMA. It was mass%, acid value 77 mgKOH / g, and weight average molecular weight 17600.
  • the obtained alkali-soluble resin C solution is a polyamideimide resin having a carboxy group, and is a resin in which side chains having ethylenic double bonds are introduced using GMA.
  • Examples 1 to 16 Preparation of pigment dispersion
  • 100 parts by mass of pigment, dispersant, pigment derivative, alkali-soluble resin, pigment dispersant, solvent and zirconia beads having a particle size of 2.0 mm in mayonnaise bins were used.
  • a paint shaker manufactured by Asada Tekko Co., Ltd.
  • take out 2.0 mm zirconia beads with a particle size of 2.0 mm add 200 parts by mass of zirconia beads with a particle size of 0.1 mm
  • dispersion was carried out for 6 hours using a paint shaker to obtain pigment dispersions of Examples 1 to 16.
  • Comparative Examples 1-2 Preparation of comparative pigment dispersion
  • a pigment, a dispersant, a solvent, and the like were mixed so that the compositions shown in Table 2 below were obtained, thereby obtaining comparative pigment dispersions.
  • Example 17 Preparation of colored resin composition
  • the following components were mixed to prepare a colored resin composition.
  • Photocurable polyfunctional monomer (Aronix M-305, manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.): 5.6 parts by mass Photopolymerization initiator (BASF, Irgacure 907): 1.07 parts by mass Photopolymerization initiator (BASF, Irgacure 369): 1.34 parts by weight
  • Photosensitizer 4,4′-bis (dimethylamino) benzophenone
  • Surfactant manufactured by DIC Corporation, MegaFac R-08MH
  • Examples 18 to 39 Preparation of colored resin composition
  • the colored resin compositions of Examples 18 to 39 were prepared in the same manner as in Example 17 except that the blending amounts of the respective components were changed as shown in Tables 3 and 4 below.
  • the first appearing components are as follows. ⁇ Photo-curable polyfunctional monomer (EO modified) (Toagosei Co., Ltd., Aronix M-350) ⁇ Oxime-based photopolymerization initiator (manufactured by ADEKA, Adeka Arcles N-1919)
  • Example 18 In Example 18, instead of the pigment dispersion of Example 1, the pigment dispersion of Comparative Example 2 was used, and the amount of each component was changed as shown in Table 3 below. A colored resin composition of Comparative Example 3 was prepared.
  • Comparative Example 1 the colored resin composition was not prepared because it gelled as a result of the later-described stability evaluation.
  • the colored resin composition obtained in each example and each comparative example is formed on a glass substrate (NH Techno Glass Co., Ltd., “NA35”) using a spin coater and a desired color (red coloration) after post-baking.
  • ⁇ Evaluation of phase difference (Rth)> The retardation of the colored layer was determined using the retardation in the thickness direction (Rth) calculated by the following formula as an index.
  • Retardation (Rth) was measured using a retardation layer measuring apparatus (Axoscan TM Mueller Matrix Polarimeter manufactured by AXOMETRICS). The measurement wavelength of the red colored layer was measured at 620 nm.
  • Rth ((Nx + Ny) / 2 ⁇ Nz) d
  • Nx Refractive index in the in-plane slow axis direction
  • Ny Refractive index in the in-plane fast axis direction
  • Nz Refractive index in the thickness direction
  • d Film thickness (nm)
  • the glass plate on which the colored layer was formed was subjected to shower development using a 0.05% by mass aqueous potassium hydroxide solution as an alkaline developer. The time when development was completed at this time was used as an index of developability.
  • the colored resin compositions obtained in the Examples and Comparative Examples were each formed on a glass substrate (NH Techno Glass Co., Ltd., “NA35”) having a thickness of 0.7 mm and a size of 100 mm ⁇ 100 mm. After coating, the film was dried at 60 ° C. for 3 minutes using a hot plate to adjust the number of revolutions so that the film thickness shown in the table was obtained after post-baking to form a colored layer.
  • the colored layer was irradiated with ultraviolet rays of 60 mJ / cm 2 using a super high pressure mercury lamp through a photomask having a mask opening width of 80 ⁇ m and a mask light shielding width of 160 ⁇ m.
  • the glass plate on which the colored layer was formed was shower-developed for 60 seconds using a 0.05% by mass aqueous potassium hydroxide solution as an alkaline developer.
  • the unevenness of the colored layer is visually observed under a projector on the substrate obtained by post-baking the colored substrate in a clean oven at 230 ° C. for 30 minutes, and the edge portion of the colored layer in the range of 50 mm ⁇ 50 mm is further observed with an optical microscope. The number of voids was measured.
  • Example 40 was prepared in the same manner as in Example 1 by mixing a pigment, a dispersant, a pigment derivative, an alkali-soluble resin, a pigment dispersant, and a solvent so that the compositions shown in Table 5 below were obtained. -43 pigment dispersions were obtained.
  • Example 51 to 58 Preparation of colored resin composition
  • the colored resin compositions of Examples 51 to 58 were prepared in the same manner as in Example 17, except that the amount of each component was changed as shown in Table 6 below.
  • the first ones are as follows. ⁇ Oxime-based photopolymerization initiator (manufactured by ADEKA, Adeka Arcles NCI-930) ⁇ Oxime-based photopolymerization initiator (manufactured by Changzhou Strong Electronic New Materials Co., Ltd., TR-PBG-3057) ⁇ Antioxidant (manufactured by BASF, IRGANOX1010)
  • Examples 59 to 60 Preparation of pigment dispersion and colored resin composition
  • a pigment, a dispersant, a pigment derivative, an alkali-soluble resin, a pigment dispersant, and a solvent are mixed so as to have the same composition as in Example 2.
  • pigment dispersions were obtained in the same manner as in Example 2, except that in Example 60, the main crushing was performed using a paint shaker for 3 hours.
  • Colored resin compositions of Examples 59 and 60 were prepared in the same manner as in Example 18 except that the pigment dispersions of Examples 59 and 60 were used.
  • the retardation and contrast were evaluated in the same manner as in Example 18. Table 7 shows the evaluation results.
  • Example 61 to 62 Preparation of pigment dispersion and colored resin composition
  • a pigment, a dispersant, a pigment derivative, an alkali-soluble resin, a pigment dispersant, and a solvent were mixed so that the same composition as in Example 1 was obtained.
  • pigment dispersions were obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that in Example 62, the main crushing was performed using a paint shaker for 3 hours.
  • Colored resin compositions of Examples 61 and 62 were prepared in the same manner as in Example 17, except that the pigment dispersions of Examples 61 and 62 were used.
  • the retardation and contrast were evaluated in the same manner as in Example 17.
  • the colored resin composition of each example was diluted 1000 times with PGMEA, and a dynamic light scattering method using a laser light scattering particle size distribution analyzer (for example, Nanotrack particle size distribution measuring device UPA-EX150 manufactured by Nikkiso Co., Ltd.). The average dispersed particle size was measured at 23 ° C. Table 7 shows the evaluation results.
  • the colored layers formed using the colored resin compositions of Examples 17 to 28 and Examples 32-39 in combination with a pigment derivative containing one or more selected from pigment derivatives having a skeleton have chromaticity (x, y) satisfies 0.630 ⁇ x ⁇ 0.665 and 0.326 ⁇ y ⁇ 0.335, and the phase difference (Rth) of light having a wavelength of 620 nm in the thickness direction of the colored layer of light is ⁇ 30 nm or more 120 nm or less was achieved.
  • the colored layers formed using the colored resin compositions of Examples 27 to 31 containing the above pigments have chromaticity (x, y) of 0.630 ⁇ x ⁇ 0.665 and 0.295 ⁇ y ⁇ .
  • the phase difference (Rth) of light having a wavelength of 620 nm in the thickness direction of the colored layer of light satisfying 0.360 was achieved between ⁇ 30 nm and 120 nm.
  • Example 32 and Example 57, and Example 33 and Example 58 are compared, when polyamideimide resin is contained as an alkali-soluble resin and at least two oxime initiators having a diphenyl sulfide skeleton are contained, A tendency to improve brightness was clarified. Further, it has been clarified that when at least two kinds of oxime initiators are contained and an antioxidant is further contained, unevenness generated at the edge portion is easily suppressed even when the pigment concentration is high.

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Nonlinear Science (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Mathematical Physics (AREA)
  • Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
  • Optical Filters (AREA)
  • Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
  • Pigments, Carbon Blacks, Or Wood Stains (AREA)
  • Devices For Indicating Variable Information By Combining Individual Elements (AREA)
  • Liquid Crystal (AREA)
  • Graft Or Block Polymers (AREA)

Abstract

Provided is a colored resin composition for a color filter, whereby a red pixel can be formed which satisfies a specific chromaticity and a specific phase difference. A colored resin composition containing a pigment including a red pigment represented by general formula (1), a dispersing agent including a copolymer having constituent units represented by general formula (2), a pigment derivative, an alkali-soluble resin, a monomer, an initiator, and a solvent, the colored resin composition for a color filter wherein the pigment derivative includes at least one species selected from a pigment derivative having a diketo-pyrrolo-pyrrole skeleton and a pigment derivative having an azo lake skeleton, the chromaticity (x, y) of the colored layer measured by a C light source when a colored layer of the colored resin composition is formed satisfies the expressions 0.630 ≤ x ≤ 0.665 and 0.326 ≤ y ≤ 0.335, and the phase difference (Rth) of light at a wavelength of 620 nm in the thickness direction of the colored layer is -30 nm to 120 nm. (The reference symbols in general formula (1) and general formula (2) are as indicated in the specification.)

Description

カラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物、顔料分散液、カラーフィルタ、及び表示装置Colored resin composition for color filter, pigment dispersion, color filter, and display device
 本発明は、カラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物、顔料分散液、カラーフィルタ、及び表示装置に関する。 The present invention relates to a colored resin composition for a color filter, a pigment dispersion, a color filter, and a display device.
 近年、パーソナルコンピューターの発達、特に携帯用パーソナルコンピューターの発達に伴って、液晶ディスプレイの需要が増加している。モバイルディスプレイ(携帯電話、スマートフォン、タブレットPC)の普及率も高まっており、益々液晶ディスプレイの市場は拡大する状況にある。また、最近においては、自発光により視認性が高い有機ELディスプレイのような有機発光表示装置も、次世代画像表示装置として注目されている。これらの画像表示装置の性能においては、コントラストや色再現性の向上といったさらなる高画質化や消費電力の低減が強く望まれている。 In recent years, with the development of personal computers, especially portable personal computers, the demand for liquid crystal displays has increased. The penetration rate of mobile displays (cell phones, smartphones, tablet PCs) is also increasing, and the market for liquid crystal displays is expanding. Recently, an organic light-emitting display device such as an organic EL display having high visibility due to self-emission has been attracting attention as a next-generation image display device. In the performance of these image display devices, further improvement in image quality such as improvement in contrast and color reproducibility and reduction in power consumption are strongly desired.
 従来の表示装置は、色空間の国際標準規格であるsRGB(IEC61966-2-1)に準拠するものが多かった。しかしながら、より実物に近い表現を求めて、更なる色再現性の向上の要求から、sRGBと比べて広い色再現域を有するAdobeRGBに対応する表示装置への要求が高まっている。AdobeRGB規格はAdobeSystemsによって提唱された色空間の定義であり、AdobeRGBにおいて三原色は、XYZ表色系における色度座標x及びyについて下記のように定められている。AdobeRGB規格は、sRGB規格と比べて緑方向に広い色再現域を有することが特徴である。
 赤:x=0.64;y=0.34
 緑:x=0.21;y=0.71
 青:x=0.15;y=0.06
Many conventional display devices comply with sRGB (IEC 61966-2-1), which is an international standard for color space. However, there is a growing demand for display devices that support AdobeRGB having a wider color reproduction range than sRGB, in order to obtain a more realistic representation and to further improve color reproducibility. The AdobeRGB standard is a color space definition proposed by Adobe Systems. In AdobeRGB, the three primary colors are defined as follows for the chromaticity coordinates x and y in the XYZ color system. The AdobeRGB standard is characterized by having a wider color gamut in the green direction than the sRGB standard.
Red: x = 0.64; y = 0.34
Green: x = 0.21; y = 0.71
Blue: x = 0.15; y = 0.06
 また、sRGBと比べて、赤と緑方向に広い色再現域を有するDCI(Digital Cinema Initiatives)規格に合わせる仕様への要求もある。 There is also a demand for a specification that conforms to the DCI (Digital Cinematic Initiatives) standard, which has a wider color gamut in the red and green directions than sRGB.
 ここで、液晶表示装置に用いられるカラーフィルタは、一般的に、基板と、基板上に形成され、赤、緑、青の三原色の着色パターンからなる着色層と、各着色パターンを区画するように基板上に形成された遮光部とを有している。
 このような着色層の形成方法としては、顔料分散法、染色法、電着法、印刷法などが知られている。中でも、分光特性、耐久性、パターン形状及び精度等の観点から、平均的に優れた特性を有する顔料分散法が最も広範に採用されている。
 赤色顔料としては、耐熱性や耐光性に優れているジケトピロロピロール顔料が広く用いられている(例えば、特許文献1~3等)。
Here, a color filter used in a liquid crystal display device generally defines a substrate, a colored layer formed on the substrate, which is composed of colored patterns of three primary colors of red, green, and blue, and each colored pattern. And a light shielding portion formed on the substrate.
As a method for forming such a colored layer, a pigment dispersion method, a dyeing method, an electrodeposition method, a printing method, and the like are known. Among these, from the viewpoint of spectral characteristics, durability, pattern shape, accuracy, etc., a pigment dispersion method having excellent characteristics on average is most widely adopted.
As the red pigment, diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments having excellent heat resistance and light resistance are widely used (for example, Patent Documents 1 to 3).
 一方、液晶表示装置はその特有の問題点として、液晶セルや偏光板の屈折率異方性に起因する視野角依存性の問題点がある。この視野角依存性の問題は、液晶表示装置を正面から見た場合と、斜め方向から見た場合とで視認される画像の色味やコントラストが変化してしまう問題である。このような視野角特性の問題は、近年の液晶表示装置の大画面化に伴って、さらにその問題の重大性を増している。
 このような視野角依存性の問題を改善するため、従来、位相差フィルムを液晶表示装置に組み込む方法が広く用いられてきた。しかしながら、液晶表示装置に用いられるカラーフィルタは、着色層の各色の着色パターンによって異なる位相差を有するため、上記の位相差フィルムを用いた場合、各色の着色パターンが有する位相差の差異は補償することができないという問題があり、視野角依存性の問題点を完全に解決することは困難であった。
On the other hand, the liquid crystal display device has a problem of viewing angle dependency due to the refractive index anisotropy of the liquid crystal cell and the polarizing plate as a specific problem. This problem of viewing angle dependency is a problem that the color and contrast of an image that is visually recognized change when the liquid crystal display device is viewed from the front and when viewed from an oblique direction. Such a problem of viewing angle characteristics has become more serious as the liquid crystal display device has recently been enlarged.
In order to improve such a viewing angle dependency problem, a method of incorporating a retardation film into a liquid crystal display device has been widely used. However, since the color filter used in the liquid crystal display device has a different phase difference depending on the color pattern of each color of the colored layer, when the above-described retardation film is used, the difference in the phase difference of the color pattern of each color is compensated. It is difficult to completely solve the problem of viewing angle dependency.
 特許文献4には、透明基板上に、少なくとも赤色画素、緑色画素、および青色画素を配置したカラーフィルタにおいて、前記緑色画素が、リタデーション調整剤を含有する着色組成物の硬化物から形成されている液晶表示用カラーフィルタが開示されている。しかしながら特許文献4の手法では、画素中の顔料濃度が低下することとなり、目標とする色味が達成できないことがあった。 In Patent Document 4, in a color filter in which at least a red pixel, a green pixel, and a blue pixel are arranged on a transparent substrate, the green pixel is formed from a cured product of a coloring composition containing a retardation adjusting agent. A color filter for liquid crystal display is disclosed. However, in the method of Patent Document 4, the pigment density in the pixel is lowered, and the target color may not be achieved.
特開2013-14750号公報JP 2013-14750 A 国際公開第2012/102399号パンフレットInternational Publication No. 2012/102399 Pamphlet 特開2012-155232号公報JP 2012-155232 A 特開2008-185985号公報JP 2008-185985 A
 本発明は、上記実情に鑑みてなされたものであり、特定の色度と特定の位相差とを満たす赤色画素を形成可能なカラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物、及び、当該着色樹脂組成物調製用の顔料分散液、特定の色度と特定の位相差とを満たすカラーフィルタ、並びに当該カラーフィルタを用いた表示装置を提供することを目的とする。 The present invention has been made in view of the above circumstances, and a colored resin composition for a color filter capable of forming a red pixel satisfying a specific chromaticity and a specific retardation, and for preparing the colored resin composition It is an object of the present invention to provide a pigment dispersion, a color filter satisfying a specific chromaticity and a specific phase difference, and a display device using the color filter.
 本発明に係る第一のカラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物は、下記一般式(1)で表される赤色顔料を含む顔料と、下記一般式(2)で表される構成単位を有する共重合体を含む分散剤と、顔料誘導体と、アルカリ可溶性樹脂と、モノマーと、開始剤と、溶剤とを含有する着色樹脂組成物であって、
 前記顔料誘導体が、ジケトピロロピロール骨格を有する顔料誘導体、及びアゾレーキ骨格を有する顔料誘導体から選ばれる1種以上を含み、
 当該着色樹脂組成物の着色層を形成したときに、当該着色層のC光源で測定した色度(x,y)が、0.630≦x≦0.665、0.326≦y≦0.335を満たし、且つ、光の着色層の厚み方向における波長620nmの光の位相差(Rth)が-30nm以上120nm以下であることを特徴とする。
A first colored resin composition for a color filter according to the present invention is a copolymer having a pigment containing a red pigment represented by the following general formula (1) and a structural unit represented by the following general formula (2) A colored resin composition comprising a dispersant containing, a pigment derivative, an alkali-soluble resin, a monomer, an initiator, and a solvent,
The pigment derivative includes one or more selected from a pigment derivative having a diketopyrrolopyrrole skeleton and a pigment derivative having an azo lake skeleton,
When the colored layer of the colored resin composition is formed, the chromaticity (x, y) measured with a C light source of the colored layer is 0.630 ≦ x ≦ 0.665, 0.326 ≦ y ≦ 0. And the phase difference (Rth) of light having a wavelength of 620 nm in the thickness direction of the colored layer of light is −30 nm to 120 nm.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
(一般式(1)中、R及びRは、それぞれ独立に、4-クロロフェニル基、又は4-ブロモフェニル基である。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
(In general formula (1), R 1 and R 2 are each independently a 4-chlorophenyl group or a 4-bromophenyl group.)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
(一般式(2)中、R11は、水素原子又はメチル基、Qは、2価の連結基、R12は、炭素数1~8のアルキレン基、-[CH(R15)-CH(R16)-O]-CH(R15)-CH(R16)-又は-[(CH-O]-(CH-で示される2価の有機基、R13及びR14は、それぞれ独立に、置換されていてもよい鎖状又は環状の炭化水素基を表すか、R13及びR14が互いに結合して環状構造を形成する。R15及びR16は、それぞれ独立に水素原子又はメチル基である。
 xは1~18の整数、yは1~5の整数、zは1~18の整数を示す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
(In the general formula (2), R 11 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, Q is a divalent linking group, R 12 is an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, — [CH (R 15 ) —CH ( A divalent organic group represented by R 16 ) —O] x —CH (R 15 ) —CH (R 16 ) — or — [(CH 2 ) y —O] z — (CH 2 ) y —, R 13 and R 14 each independently represent a optionally substituted linear or cyclic hydrocarbon group, .R 15 and R 16 R 13 and R 14 are combined to form a cyclic structure each other, Each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
x represents an integer of 1 to 18, y represents an integer of 1 to 5, and z represents an integer of 1 to 18. )
 本発明に係る第二のカラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物は、前記一般式(1)で表される赤色顔料を含む顔料と、前記一般式(2)で表される構成単位を有する共重合体を含む分散剤と、顔料誘導体と、アルカリ可溶性樹脂と、モノマーと、開始剤と、溶剤とを含有する着色樹脂組成物であって、
 前記顔料誘導体が、ジケトピロロピロール骨格を有する顔料誘導体、及びアゾレーキ骨格を有する顔料誘導体から選ばれる1種以上を含み、
 前記顔料が、更に、前記一般式(1)で表される赤色顔料とは異なる赤色顔料、オレンジ色顔料、及び、黄色顔料より選択される1種以上の顔料を含み、
 当該着色樹脂組成物の着色層を形成したときに、前記着色層のC光源で測定した色度(x,y)が、0.630≦x≦0.665、0.295≦y≦0.360を満たし、且つ、光の着色層の厚み方向における波長620nmの光の位相差(Rth)が-30nm以上120nm以下であることを特徴とする。
The second colored resin composition for a color filter according to the present invention is a copolymer having a pigment containing a red pigment represented by the general formula (1) and a structural unit represented by the general formula (2). A colored resin composition comprising a dispersant containing, a pigment derivative, an alkali-soluble resin, a monomer, an initiator, and a solvent,
The pigment derivative includes one or more selected from a pigment derivative having a diketopyrrolopyrrole skeleton and a pigment derivative having an azo lake skeleton,
The pigment further includes at least one pigment selected from a red pigment, an orange pigment, and a yellow pigment different from the red pigment represented by the general formula (1),
When the colored layer of the colored resin composition is formed, the chromaticity (x, y) measured with a C light source of the colored layer is 0.630 ≦ x ≦ 0.665, 0.295 ≦ y ≦ 0. 360, and the phase difference (Rth) of light having a wavelength of 620 nm in the thickness direction of the colored layer of light is −30 nm to 120 nm.
 本発明のカラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物においては、前記共重合体が、前記一般式(2)で表される構成単位を有するブロック部と、下記一般式(3)で表される構成単位を有するブロック部とを有し、前記一般式(3)で表される構成単位が、メタクリル酸、メタクリル酸2-ヒドロキシエチル、及び、ベンジルメタクリレートよりなる群よる選択される1種以上の構成単位を含むことが、顔料分散性および分散安定性の点から好ましい。 In the colored resin composition for a color filter of the present invention, the copolymer includes a block unit having a structural unit represented by the general formula (2) and a structural unit represented by the following general formula (3). And the structural unit represented by the general formula (3) includes at least one structural unit selected from the group consisting of methacrylic acid, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, and benzyl methacrylate. The inclusion is preferable from the viewpoint of pigment dispersibility and dispersion stability.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
(一般式(3)中、R21は、水素原子又はメチル基、Q’は、直接結合又は2価の連結基、R22は、炭化水素基、-[CH(R23)-CH(R24)-O]-R25又は-[(CH-O]-R25で示される1価の基である。R23及びR24は、それぞれ独立に水素原子又はメチル基であり、R25は、水素原子、炭化水素基、-CHO、-CHCHO、又は-CHCOOR26で示される1価の基であり、R26は水素原子又は炭素数1~5のアルキル基である。
 上記炭化水素基は、置換基を有していてもよい。
 xは1~18の整数、yは1~5の整数、zは1~18の整数を示す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
(In the general formula (3), R 21 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, Q ′ is a direct bond or a divalent linking group, R 22 is a hydrocarbon group, — [CH (R 23 ) —CH (R 24 ) —O] x —R 25 or — [(CH 2 ) y —O] z —R 25 , each of R 23 and R 24 independently represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. R 25 represents a hydrogen atom, a hydrocarbon group, a monovalent group represented by —CHO, —CH 2 CHO, or —CH 2 COOR 26 , and R 26 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. It is a group.
The hydrocarbon group may have a substituent.
x represents an integer of 1 to 18, y represents an integer of 1 to 5, and z represents an integer of 1 to 18. )
 本発明のカラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物においては、前記一般式(1)で表される赤色顔料が、下記化学式(1-1)で表される赤色顔料及び下記化学式(1-2)で表される赤色顔料を含むことが、所望の色味と位相差とを満たす点から好ましい。 In the colored resin composition for a color filter of the present invention, the red pigment represented by the general formula (1) is represented by the red pigment represented by the following chemical formula (1-1) and the following chemical formula (1-2). It is preferable that the red pigment to be contained is included from the viewpoint of satisfying a desired color and retardation.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
 本発明のカラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物においては、前記アルカリ可溶性樹脂として、カルボキシ基を有するポリアミドイミド樹脂を含有することが、位相差の絶対値を低減し易い点から好ましい。 In the colored resin composition for a color filter of the present invention, it is preferable that a polyamidoimide resin having a carboxy group is contained as the alkali-soluble resin from the viewpoint of easily reducing the absolute value of the retardation.
 本発明のカラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物においては、前記開始剤が、オキシム系開始剤を少なくとも2種含み、更に、酸化防止剤を含有することが、着色層内部の空隙が生じ難く、斜め方向から着色層を見た時の光の乱反射による色ムラを抑制し易い点から好ましい。 In the colored resin composition for a color filter of the present invention, the initiator contains at least two kinds of oxime-based initiators, and further contains an antioxidant. From the viewpoint of easily suppressing color unevenness due to irregular reflection of light when the colored layer is viewed.
 また、本発明に係る第二のカラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物においては、前記顔料が、C.I.ピグメントイエロー185を含むことが、所望の色味と位相差とを満たし、位相差の絶対値を低減し易い点から好ましい。 In the second colored resin composition for color filter according to the present invention, the pigment is C.I. I. It is preferable that the pigment yellow 185 is included from the viewpoint of satisfying a desired color and phase difference and easily reducing the absolute value of the phase difference.
 本発明に係る顔料分散液は、前記一般式(1)で表される赤色顔料を含む顔料と、前記一般式(2)で表される構成単位を有する共重合体を含む分散剤と、顔料誘導体と、溶剤とを含有し、
 前記顔料誘導体が、ジケトピロロピロール骨格を有する顔料誘導体、及びアゾレーキ骨格を有する顔料誘導体から選ばれる1種以上を含むことを特徴とする。
The pigment dispersion according to the present invention includes a pigment containing a red pigment represented by the general formula (1), a dispersant containing a copolymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (2), and a pigment. Containing a derivative and a solvent,
The pigment derivative includes one or more selected from a pigment derivative having a diketopyrrolopyrrole skeleton and a pigment derivative having an azo lake skeleton.
 本発明に係るカラーフィルタは、基板と、当該基板上に設けられた着色層とを少なくとも備えるカラーフィルタであって、当該着色層の少なくとも1つが請求項1乃至5のいずれか一項に記載のカラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物が硬化物であることを特徴とする。
 また、本発明は、前記カラーフィルタを有することを特徴とする表示装置を提供する。
The color filter according to the present invention is a color filter including at least a substrate and a colored layer provided on the substrate, wherein at least one of the colored layers is according to any one of claims 1 to 5. The colored resin composition for a color filter is a cured product.
In addition, the present invention provides a display device having the color filter.
 本発明によれば、特定の色度と特定の位相差とを満たす赤色画素を形成可能なカラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物、及び、当該着色樹脂組成物調製用の顔料分散液、特定の色度と特定の位相差とを満たすカラーフィルタ、並びに当該カラーフィルタを用いた表示装置を提供することができる。 According to the present invention, a colored resin composition for a color filter capable of forming a red pixel satisfying a specific chromaticity and a specific phase difference, a pigment dispersion for preparing the colored resin composition, a specific chromaticity And a color filter satisfying a specific phase difference, and a display device using the color filter can be provided.
図1は、本発明のカラーフィルタの一例を示す概略断面図である。FIG. 1 is a schematic sectional view showing an example of the color filter of the present invention. 図2は、本発明の表示装置の一例を示す概略断面図である。FIG. 2 is a schematic sectional view showing an example of the display device of the present invention. 図3は、本発明の表示装置の別の一例を示す概略断面図である。FIG. 3 is a schematic sectional view showing another example of the display device of the present invention.
 以下、本発明に係るカラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物、及び当該カラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物調製用の顔料分散液、カラーフィルタ、並びに表示装置について、順に詳細に説明する。
 なお、本発明において光には、可視及び非可視領域の波長の電磁波、さらには放射線が含まれ、放射線には、例えばマイクロ波、電子線が含まれる。具体的には、波長5μm以下の電磁波、及び電子線のことをいう。
 本発明において(メタ)アクリルとは、アクリル及びメタクリルの各々を表し、(メタ)アクリレートとは、アクリレート及びメタクリレートの各々を表す。
Hereinafter, a colored resin composition for a color filter according to the present invention, a pigment dispersion for preparing the colored resin composition for a color filter, a color filter, and a display device will be described in detail in order.
In the present invention, light includes electromagnetic waves having wavelengths in the visible and invisible regions, and further includes radiation, and the radiation includes, for example, microwaves and electron beams. Specifically, it means an electromagnetic wave having a wavelength of 5 μm or less and an electron beam.
In the present invention, (meth) acryl represents each of acryl and methacryl, and (meth) acrylate represents each of acrylate and methacrylate.
[カラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物]
 本発明に係る第一のカラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物は、下記一般式(1)で表される赤色顔料を含む顔料と、下記一般式(2)で表される構成単位を有する共重合体を含む分散剤と、顔料誘導体と、アルカリ可溶性樹脂と、モノマーと、開始剤と、溶剤とを含有する着色樹脂組成物であって、
 前記顔料誘導体が、ジケトピロロピロール骨格を有する顔料誘導体、及びアゾレーキ骨格を有する顔料誘導体から選ばれる1種以上を含み、
 当該着色樹脂組成物の着色層を形成したときに、当該着色層のC光源で測定した色度(x,y)が、0.630≦x≦0.665、0.326≦y≦0.335を満たし、且つ、光の着色層の厚み方向における波長620nmの光の位相差(Rth)が-30nm以上120nm以下であることを特徴とする。
[Colored resin composition for color filter]
A first colored resin composition for a color filter according to the present invention is a copolymer having a pigment containing a red pigment represented by the following general formula (1) and a structural unit represented by the following general formula (2) A colored resin composition comprising a dispersant containing, a pigment derivative, an alkali-soluble resin, a monomer, an initiator, and a solvent,
The pigment derivative includes one or more selected from a pigment derivative having a diketopyrrolopyrrole skeleton and a pigment derivative having an azo lake skeleton,
When the colored layer of the colored resin composition is formed, the chromaticity (x, y) measured with a C light source of the colored layer is 0.630 ≦ x ≦ 0.665, 0.326 ≦ y ≦ 0. And the phase difference (Rth) of light having a wavelength of 620 nm in the thickness direction of the colored layer of light is −30 nm to 120 nm.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
(一般式(1)中、R及びRは、それぞれ独立に、4-クロロフェニル基、又は4-ブロモフェニル基である。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
(In general formula (1), R 1 and R 2 are each independently a 4-chlorophenyl group or a 4-bromophenyl group.)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
(一般式(2)中、R11は、水素原子又はメチル基、Qは、2価の連結基、R12は、炭素数1~8のアルキレン基、-[CH(R15)-CH(R16)-O]-CH(R15)-CH(R16)-又は-[(CH-O]-(CH-で示される2価の有機基、R13及びR14は、それぞれ独立に、置換されていてもよい鎖状又は環状の炭化水素基を表すか、R13及びR14が互いに結合して環状構造を形成する。R15及びR16は、それぞれ独立に水素原子又はメチル基である。
 xは1~18の整数、yは1~5の整数、zは1~18の整数を示す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
(In the general formula (2), R 11 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, Q is a divalent linking group, R 12 is an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, — [CH (R 15 ) —CH ( A divalent organic group represented by R 16 ) —O] x —CH (R 15 ) —CH (R 16 ) — or — [(CH 2 ) y —O] z — (CH 2 ) y —, R 13 and R 14 each independently represent a optionally substituted linear or cyclic hydrocarbon group, .R 15 and R 16 R 13 and R 14 are combined to form a cyclic structure each other, Each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
x represents an integer of 1 to 18, y represents an integer of 1 to 5, and z represents an integer of 1 to 18. )
 また、本発明に係る第二のカラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物は、前記一般式(1)で表される赤色顔料を含む顔料と、前記一般式(2)で表される構成単位を有する共重合体を含む分散剤と、顔料誘導体と、アルカリ可溶性樹脂と、モノマーと、開始剤と、溶剤とを含有する着色樹脂組成物であって、
 前記顔料誘導体が、ジケトピロロピロール骨格を有する顔料誘導体、及びアゾレーキ骨格を有する顔料誘導体から選ばれる1種以上を含み、
 前記顔料が、更に、前記一般式(1)で表される赤色顔料とは異なる赤色顔料、オレンジ色顔料、及び、黄色顔料より選択される1種以上の顔料を含み、
 当該着色樹脂組成物の着色層を形成したときに、前記着色層のC光源で測定した色度(x,y)が、0.630≦x≦0.665、0.295≦y≦0.360を満たし、且つ、光の着色層の厚み方向における波長620nmの光の位相差(Rth)が-30nm以上120nm以下であることを特徴とする。
Further, the second colored resin composition for a color filter according to the present invention includes a pigment containing a red pigment represented by the general formula (1) and a structural unit represented by the general formula (2). A colored resin composition containing a polymer-containing dispersant, a pigment derivative, an alkali-soluble resin, a monomer, an initiator, and a solvent,
The pigment derivative includes one or more selected from a pigment derivative having a diketopyrrolopyrrole skeleton and a pigment derivative having an azo lake skeleton,
The pigment further includes at least one pigment selected from a red pigment, an orange pigment, and a yellow pigment different from the red pigment represented by the general formula (1),
When the colored layer of the colored resin composition is formed, the chromaticity (x, y) measured with a C light source of the colored layer is 0.630 ≦ x ≦ 0.665, 0.295 ≦ y ≦ 0. 360, and the phase difference (Rth) of light having a wavelength of 620 nm in the thickness direction of the colored layer of light is −30 nm to 120 nm.
 本発明によれば、前記一般式(1)で表される赤色顔料と、前記一般式(2)で表される構成単位を有する共重合体を含む分散剤と、特定の顔料誘導体とを組み合わせて用いることにより、一般式(1)で表される赤色顔料の分散工程において、微細化された顔料表面に、上記特定の顔料誘導体が吸着することで、分散剤が有する一般式(2)で表される構成単位中の窒素原子との親和性を高め、顔料分散性及び分散安定性に優れると共に、当該着色樹脂組成物の着色層を形成したときに、当該着色層のC光源で測定した色度(x,y)が、0.630≦x≦0.665、0.326≦y≦0.335を満たし、且つ、光の着色層の厚み方向における波長620nmの光の位相差(Rth)が-30nm以上120nm以下となるか、又は、前記着色層のC光源で測定した色度(x,y)が、0.630≦x≦0.665、0.295≦y≦0.360を満たし、且つ、光の着色層の厚み方向における波長620nmの光の位相差(Rth)が-30nm以上120nm以下となる。 According to the present invention, the red pigment represented by the general formula (1), the dispersant containing the copolymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (2), and the specific pigment derivative are combined. In the dispersion step of the red pigment represented by the general formula (1), the specific pigment derivative is adsorbed on the finely divided pigment surface, whereby the dispersant has the general formula (2). The affinity with the nitrogen atom in the structural unit represented is improved, the pigment dispersibility and the dispersion stability are excellent, and when the colored layer of the colored resin composition is formed, measurement is performed with a C light source of the colored layer. The chromaticity (x, y) satisfies 0.630 ≦ x ≦ 0.665 and 0.326 ≦ y ≦ 0.335, and the phase difference (Rth) of light having a wavelength of 620 nm in the thickness direction of the colored layer of light. ) Is between −30 nm and 120 nm, or The chromaticity (x, y) measured with a C light source of the colored layer satisfies 0.630 ≦ x ≦ 0.665, 0.295 ≦ y ≦ 0.360, and the thickness of the colored layer of light is The phase difference (Rth) of light having a wavelength of 620 nm is −30 nm to 120 nm.
 本発明のカラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物は、少なくとも、顔料と、分散剤と、アルカリ可溶性樹脂と、モノマーと、開始剤と、溶剤とを含有するものであり、本発明の効果を損なわない範囲で更に他の成分を含有してもよいものである。以下、このような本発明のカラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物の各成分について、順に詳細に説明する。 The colored resin composition for a color filter of the present invention contains at least a pigment, a dispersant, an alkali-soluble resin, a monomer, an initiator, and a solvent, and does not impair the effects of the present invention. And may further contain other components. Hereinafter, each component of the colored resin composition for a color filter of the present invention will be described in detail in order.
<顔料>
 本発明において顔料は、少なくとも下記一般式(1)で表される赤色顔料を含むものである。
<Pigment>
In the present invention, the pigment contains at least a red pigment represented by the following general formula (1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
(一般式(1)中、R及びRは、それぞれ独立に、4-クロロフェニル基、又は4-ブロモフェニル基である。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
(In general formula (1), R 1 and R 2 are each independently a 4-chlorophenyl group or a 4-bromophenyl group.)
 本発明のカラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物は、上記特定の顔料を有しているため、特定の色度と特定の位相差を有する着色層を形成することができる。 Since the colored resin composition for a color filter of the present invention has the specific pigment, a colored layer having a specific chromaticity and a specific phase difference can be formed.
 前記一般式(1)で表される赤色顔料は、具体的には、下記化学式(1-1)~化学式(1-3)で表される赤色顔料が挙げられ、1種単独で、又は2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。 Specific examples of the red pigment represented by the general formula (1) include red pigments represented by the following chemical formulas (1-1) to (1-3). A combination of more than one species can be used.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
 本発明においては、中でも、化学式(1-1)で表される赤色顔料と、化学式(1-2)で表される赤色顔料とを組み合わせて用いることが、色度及び位相差を所望の値に調整可能な点から好ましい。 In the present invention, in particular, the combination of the red pigment represented by the chemical formula (1-1) and the red pigment represented by the chemical formula (1-2) is used to obtain desired values of chromaticity and retardation. It is preferable from the point which can be adjusted.
 本発明において、化学式(1-1)で表される赤色顔料と、化学式(1-2)で表される赤色顔料とを組み合わせて用いる場合、その配合割合は、特に限定されない。色度(x,y)が、0.630≦x≦0.665、0.326≦y≦0.335の範囲にて位相差を10より低く調整する場合は化学式(1-1)で表される赤色顔料と、化学式(1-2)で表される赤色顔料が質量比で100:0~60:40であることが好ましく、100:0~75:25であることがより好ましい。また、色度(x,y)が、0.630≦x≦0.665、0.326≦y≦0.335の範囲にて、位相差を10~120に調整する場合は、化学式(1-1)で表される赤色顔料と、化学式(1-2)で表される赤色顔料が質量比で60:40~0:100であることが好ましく、45:55~15:85がより好ましい。 In the present invention, when the red pigment represented by the chemical formula (1-1) and the red pigment represented by the chemical formula (1-2) are used in combination, the blending ratio is not particularly limited. When the phase difference is adjusted to be lower than 10 when the chromaticity (x, y) is in the range of 0.630 ≦ x ≦ 0.665 and 0.326 ≦ y ≦ 0.335, it is represented by the chemical formula (1-1). The red pigment represented by the chemical formula (1-2) is preferably 100: 0 to 60:40, and more preferably 100: 0 to 75:25. When the chromaticity (x, y) is in the range of 0.630 ≦ x ≦ 0.665 and 0.326 ≦ y ≦ 0.335, the phase difference is adjusted to 10 to 120 when the chemical formula (1 The red pigment represented by -1) and the red pigment represented by the chemical formula (1-2) are preferably in a mass ratio of 60:40 to 0: 100, more preferably 45:55 to 15:85. .
 また、位相差の絶対値の低減、及び高コントラスト化の観点からは、化学式(1-1)で表される赤色顔料を用いることが好ましい。その場合、化学式(1-1)で表される赤色顔料が、赤色顔料全量100質量部中、40質量部以上であることが好ましく、50質量部以上であることがより好ましい。 Also, from the viewpoint of reducing the absolute value of the phase difference and increasing the contrast, it is preferable to use a red pigment represented by the chemical formula (1-1). In that case, the red pigment represented by the chemical formula (1-1) is preferably 40 parts by mass or more, and more preferably 50 parts by mass or more, in 100 parts by mass of the total amount of the red pigment.
(その他の顔料)
 本発明においては、本発明の効果を損なわない範囲で、一般式(1)で表される赤色顔料とは異なる、その他の顔料を組み合わせて用いてもよい。中でも、その他の赤色顔料、オレンジ色顔料、及び、黄色顔料より選択される1種以上の顔料を含むことが好ましい。
(Other pigments)
In the present invention, other pigments different from the red pigment represented by the general formula (1) may be used in combination as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired. Among these, it is preferable to include one or more pigments selected from other red pigments, orange pigments, and yellow pigments.
 黄色顔料としては、例えば、C.I.ピグメントイエロー1、3、12、13、14、15、16、17、20、24、31、55、60、61、65、71、73、74、81、83、93、95、97、98、100、101、104、106、108、109、110、113、114、116、117、119、120、126、127、128、129、138、139、150、150の誘導体顔料、151、152、153、154、155、156、166、168、175、185等を挙げることができる。C.I.ピグメントイエロー150及びその誘導体顔料としては、特開2001-354869号公報、特開2005-325350号公報、特開2007-25687号公報、特開2007-23287号公報、特開2007-23288号公報、及び特開2008-24927号公報を参照することにより入手可能である。
 黄色顔料としては、中でも、C.I.ピグメントイエロー185を含むことが、所望の色味と位相差とを満たし、位相差の絶対値を低減し易い点から好ましい。また、C.I.ピグメントイエロー185を含む場合には、着色力が高いので、顔料濃度を低くしやすく、製版性が向上する利点もある。
 赤色顔料としては、例えば、C.I.ピグメントレッド1、2、3、4、5、6、7、8、9、10、11、12、14、15、16、17、18、19、21、22、23、30、31、32、37、38、40、41、42、48:1、48:2、48:3、48:4、49:1、49:2、50:1、52:1、53:1、57、57:1、57:2、58:2、58:4、60:1、63:1、63:2、64:1、81:1、83、88、90:1、97、101、102、104、105、106、108、112、113、114、122、123、144、146、147、149、150、151、166、168、170、171、172、174、175、176、177、178、179、180、184、185、187、188、190、193、194、202、206、207、208、209、215、216、220、221、224、226、242、243、245、255、264、265、269、272等を挙げることができる。
 また、オレンジ色顔料として、例えば、C.I.ピグメントオレンジ1、5、13、14、16、17、24、34、36、38、40、43、46、49、51、61、63、64、71、73等を挙げることができる。
Examples of yellow pigments include C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 1, 3, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 20, 24, 31, 55, 60, 61, 65, 71, 73, 74, 81, 83, 93, 95, 97, 98, 100, 101, 104, 106, 108, 109, 110, 113, 114, 116, 117, 119, 120, 126, 127, 128, 129, 138, 139, 150, 150 derivative pigments, 151, 152, 153 154, 155, 156, 166, 168, 175, 185 and the like. C. I. Pigment Yellow 150 and its derivative pigments include JP-A No. 2001-354869, JP-A No. 2005-325350, JP-A No. 2007-25687, JP-A No. 2007-23287, JP-A No. 2007-23288, And Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2008-24927.
Among yellow pigments, C.I. I. It is preferable that the pigment yellow 185 is included from the viewpoint of satisfying a desired color and phase difference and easily reducing the absolute value of the phase difference. In addition, C.I. I. When Pigment Yellow 185 is included, since the coloring power is high, there is an advantage that the pigment concentration is easily lowered and the plate-making property is improved.
Examples of red pigments include C.I. I. Pigment Red 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 21, 22, 23, 30, 31, 32, 37, 38, 40, 41, 42, 48: 1, 48: 2, 48: 3, 48: 4, 49: 1, 49: 2, 50: 1, 52: 1, 53: 1, 57, 57: 1, 57: 2, 58: 2, 58: 4, 60: 1, 63: 1, 63: 2, 64: 1, 81: 1, 83, 88, 90: 1, 97, 101, 102, 104, 105, 106, 108, 112, 113, 114, 122, 123, 144, 146, 147, 149, 150, 151, 166, 168, 170, 171, 172, 174, 175, 176, 177, 178, 179, 180, 184, 185, 187, 188, 190, 193, And the like can be given 94,202,206,207,208,209,215,216,220,221,224,226,242,243,245,255,264,265,269,272.
Examples of orange pigments include C.I. I. Pigment orange 1, 5, 13, 14, 16, 17, 24, 34, 36, 38, 40, 43, 46, 49, 51, 61, 63, 64, 71, 73, and the like.
 一般式(1)で表される赤色顔料と、その他の顔料とを組み合わせて用いる場合、その配合割合は、特に限定されないが、色度及び位相差の点からは、一般式(1)で表される赤色顔料が、顔料全量100質量部に対して、10質量部以上であることが好ましく、20質量部以上であることがより好ましい、さらに50質量部以上であることがより好ましい。 When the red pigment represented by the general formula (1) is used in combination with other pigments, the blending ratio is not particularly limited, but it is represented by the general formula (1) from the viewpoint of chromaticity and retardation. The red pigment to be used is preferably 10 parts by mass or more, more preferably 20 parts by mass or more, and further preferably 50 parts by mass or more with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total amount of the pigment.
 本発明に用いられる顔料の平均分散粒径は、用いる顔料の種類によっても異なるが、10nm以上100nmの範囲内であることが好ましく、15nm以上60nm以下の範囲内であることがより好ましい。顔料の平均分散粒径が上記範囲であることにより、本発明の樹脂組成物を用いて製造されたカラーフィルタを備えた表示装置を高コントラストで、かつ高品質なものとすることができる。
 顔料の平均分散粒径を上記範囲内で小さくすればするほどコントラストは向上するが、位相差の絶対値は大きくなる傾向がある。そのため、所望の位相差とコントラストを考慮し、平均分散粒径を選択することが好ましい。特に、一般式(1-1)で表される赤色顔料については、粒径を小さくし過ぎても位相差の絶対値が大きくなる傾向があり、中でも、平均分散粒径が40nm~60nmであることが、位相差の絶対値を低減する点から好ましい。
The average dispersed particle size of the pigment used in the present invention varies depending on the type of pigment used, but is preferably in the range of 10 nm to 100 nm, and more preferably in the range of 15 nm to 60 nm. When the average dispersed particle diameter of the pigment is in the above range, a display device including a color filter produced using the resin composition of the present invention can be made with high contrast and high quality.
As the average dispersed particle size of the pigment is decreased within the above range, the contrast is improved, but the absolute value of the phase difference tends to increase. Therefore, it is preferable to select an average dispersed particle size in consideration of a desired phase difference and contrast. In particular, the red pigment represented by the general formula (1-1) tends to increase the absolute value of the retardation even if the particle size is too small, and among them, the average dispersed particle size is 40 nm to 60 nm. This is preferable from the viewpoint of reducing the absolute value of the phase difference.
 なお、着色樹脂組成物中の顔料の平均分散粒径は、少なくとも溶剤を含有する分散媒体中に分散している顔料粒子の分散粒径であって、レーザー光散乱粒度分布計により測定されるものである。レーザー光散乱粒度分布計による粒径の測定としては、着色樹脂組成物に用いられている溶剤で、着色樹脂組成物をレーザー光散乱粒度分布計で測定可能な濃度に適宜希釈(例えば、1000倍など)し、レーザー光散乱粒度分布計(例えば、日機装社製ナノトラック粒度分布測定装置UPA-EX150)を用いて動的光散乱法により23℃にて測定することができる。ここでの平均分散粒径は、体積平均粒径である。 The average dispersed particle diameter of the pigment in the colored resin composition is a dispersed particle diameter of pigment particles dispersed in a dispersion medium containing at least a solvent, and is measured by a laser light scattering particle size distribution meter. It is. For the measurement of the particle size with a laser light scattering particle size distribution meter, the colored resin composition is appropriately diluted to a concentration that can be measured with a laser light scattering particle size distribution meter (for example, 1000 times) with the solvent used in the colored resin composition. Etc.) and can be measured at 23 ° C. by a dynamic light scattering method using a laser light scattering particle size distribution meter (for example, Nanotrack particle size distribution measuring device UPA-EX150 manufactured by Nikkiso Co., Ltd.). The average dispersed particle size here is a volume average particle size.
<顔料誘導体>
 また、本発明のカラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物においては、位相差及び輝度を特定の範囲に調整しながら、顔料分散性及び分散安定性にも優れる点から、更に、ジケトピロロピロール骨格を有する顔料誘導体及びアゾレーキ骨格を有する顔料誘導体から選択される1種以上の顔料誘導体を含有する。顔料誘導体を適宜選択することにより、位相差の絶対値を低減することができる。
 なお、ジケトピロロピロール骨格としては、例えば、C.I.ピグメントレッド254、255、264、272、これらのハロゲン置換顔料等が挙げられ、中でもC.I.ピグメントレッド254、272が好ましい。また、アゾレーキ顔料骨格としては、例えば、C.I.ピグメントレッド48等が挙げられる。
<Pigment derivative>
In addition, the colored resin composition for a color filter of the present invention further has a diketopyrrolopyrrole skeleton from the viewpoint of excellent pigment dispersibility and dispersion stability while adjusting the retardation and luminance to a specific range. One or more pigment derivatives selected from pigment derivatives and pigment derivatives having an azo lake skeleton are contained. By selecting a pigment derivative as appropriate, the absolute value of the retardation can be reduced.
Examples of the diketopyrrolopyrrole skeleton include C.I. I. Pigment Red 254, 255, 264, 272, halogen substituted pigments thereof, and the like. I. Pigment Red 254 and 272 are preferable. Examples of the azo lake pigment skeleton include C.I. I. And CI Pigment Red 48.
 本発明においては、中でも下記一般式Aで表されるイミドアルキル化ジケトピロロピロール誘導体、一般式Bで表されるアミド化ジケトピロロピロール誘導体、下記一般式Cで表されるスルホン化ジケトピロロピロール誘導体、及び、下記一般式Dで表されるアゾレーキ顔料骨格を有する誘導体より選択される1種以上の顔料誘導体を用いることが好ましい。 In the present invention, an imide alkylated diketopyrrolopyrrole derivative represented by the following general formula A, an amidated diketopyrrolopyrrole derivative represented by the general formula B, and a sulfonated diketo represented by the following general formula C: It is preferable to use one or more pigment derivatives selected from a pyrrolopyrrole derivative and a derivative having an azo lake pigment skeleton represented by the following general formula D.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
(一般式A中、Arは、下記置換基A’を有してもよいアリーレン基である。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
(In General Formula A, Ar is an arylene group which may have the following substituent A ′.)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
(置換基A’中、Rは炭素原子数が1~5のアルキレン基であり、Xは、スルホン酸基、スルホン酸塩、又は、{-SONH-(CH-NR’R”}で表されるスルホンアミド基であり、R’及びR”はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、炭素数1~20の置換されていても良い飽和若しくは不飽和のアルキル基若しくはアリール基、又は、R’とR”が結合して、隣接する窒素原子と共に更に窒素、酸素、若しくは硫黄原子を含んでいても良い複素環を形成したものを表し、nは1~6の整数である。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
(In the substituent A ′, R 4 is an alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and X is a sulfonic acid group, sulfonate, or {—SO 2 NH— (CH 2 ) n —NR ′. R ″} is a sulfonamide group, and R ′ and R ″ are each independently a hydrogen atom, a saturated or unsaturated alkyl or aryl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, which may be substituted, or , R ′ and R ″ are combined to form a heterocyclic ring which may further contain a nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom together with the adjacent nitrogen atom, and n is an integer of 1 to 6.)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
(一般式B中、R’及びR”はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、炭素数1~20の置換されていても良い飽和若しくは不飽和のアルキル基若しくはアリール基、又は、R’とR”が結合して、隣接する窒素原子と共に更に窒素、酸素、若しくは硫黄原子を含んでいても良い複素環を形成したものを表し、複数あるRはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、炭素原子数1~4のアルキル基、炭素原子数6~12のアリール基、ハロゲン原子、又は、置換基{-CONH-(CH-NR’R”}を表し、nは1~6の整数であり、mは1~4の整数である。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
(In the general formula B, R ′ and R ″ each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted saturated or unsaturated alkyl group or aryl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or R ′ and R ″ And bonded to each other to form a heterocyclic ring that may further contain nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur atoms together with the adjacent nitrogen atom, and a plurality of R 5 s independently represent a hydrogen atom or a carbon atom number of 1 to 4 An alkyl group, an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, or a substituent {—CONH— (CH 2 ) n —NR′R ″}, where n is an integer of 1 to 6, m Is an integer from 1 to 4.)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
(一般式C中、Xは、スルホン酸基、-SONH-(CH-NR’R”、-SONH-(CH-COOH、-SONH-(CH-SOH、及びスルホン酸塩よりなる群から選択される1種以上であり、R’及びR”はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、炭素数1~20の置換されていても良い飽和若しくは不飽和のアルキル基若しくはアリール基、又は、R’とR”が結合して、隣接する窒素原子と共に更に窒素、酸素、若しくは硫黄原子を含んでいても良い複素環を形成したものを表し、複数あるRはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、炭素原子数1~4のアルキル基、炭素原子数6~12のアリール基、ハロゲン原子、又は、置換基Xを表し、nは1~6の整数であり、mは1~4の整数である。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
(In the general formula C, X represents a sulfonic acid group, —SO 2 NH— (CH 2 ) n —NR′R ″, —SO 2 NH— (CH 2 ) n —COOH, —SO 2 NH— (CH 2 ) N- SO 3 H and at least one selected from the group consisting of sulfonates, wherein R ′ and R ″ are each independently a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted saturated group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. Or an unsaturated alkyl group or aryl group, or a group in which R ′ and R ″ are combined to form a heterocyclic ring which may further contain a nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom together with an adjacent nitrogen atom; A plurality of R 6 s independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, or a substituent X, and n is an integer of 1 to 6 And m is an integer from 1 to 4.)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
(一般式D中、Xは、スルホン酸基、-SONH-(CH-NR’R”、-SONH-(CH-COOH、-SONH-(CH-SOH、及びスルホン酸塩よりなる群から選択される1種であり、R’及びR”はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、炭素数1~20の置換されていても良い飽和若しくは不飽和のアルキル基若しくはアリール基、又は、R’とR”が結合して、隣接する窒素原子と共に更に窒素、酸素、若しくは硫黄原子を含んでいても良い複素環を形成したものを表し、nは1~6の整数であり、mは1~4の整数である。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
(In General Formula D, X represents a sulfonic acid group, —SO 2 NH— (CH 2 ) n —NR′R ″, —SO 2 NH— (CH 2 ) n —COOH, —SO 2 NH— (CH 2 ) N —SO 3 H and one selected from the group consisting of sulfonates, and R ′ and R ″ are each independently a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted saturated group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or An unsaturated alkyl group or an aryl group, or a group in which R ′ and R ″ are combined to form a heterocyclic ring which may further contain a nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom together with an adjacent nitrogen atom; Is an integer from 1 to 6, and m is an integer from 1 to 4.)
 上記一般式Aにおけるアリーレン基は特に限定されないが、炭素原子数6~12のアリーレン基が好ましく、具体的には、フェニレン基、ナフチレン基、ビフェニレン基等が挙げられる。
 Rにおける炭素原子数が1~5のアルキレン基としては、例えば、メチレン基、エチレン基、プロピレン基、ブチレン基、ペンチレン基等が挙げられる。
 また、Xにおける{-SONH-(CH-NR’R”}で表されるスルホンアミド基において、導入されるアミン成分(-(CH-NR’R”)の具体例としては、ピペリジノメチル、ジメチルアミノエチル、ジエチルアミノエチル、ジメチルアミノプロピル、ジエチルアミノプロピル、ジブチルアミノプロピル、ピペリジノエチル、ピペコリノエチル、モルホリノエチル、ピペリジノプロピル、ピペコリノプロピル、ジエチルアミノヘキシル、ジエチルアミノエトキシプロピル、ジエチルアミノブチル、ジメチルアミノアミル、N-N-メチル-ラウリル-アミノプロピル、2-エチルヘキシルアミノエチル、ステアリルアミノエチル、オレイルアミノエチル等が挙げられる。
The arylene group in the general formula A is not particularly limited, but an arylene group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms is preferable, and specific examples include a phenylene group, a naphthylene group, and a biphenylene group.
Examples of the alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms in R 4 include a methylene group, an ethylene group, a propylene group, a butylene group, and a pentylene group.
In addition, in the sulfonamide group represented by {—SO 2 NH— (CH 2 ) n —NR′R ″} in X, the specifics of the amine component (— (CH 2 ) m —NR′R ″) to be introduced Examples include piperidinomethyl, dimethylaminoethyl, diethylaminoethyl, dimethylaminopropyl, diethylaminopropyl, dibutylaminopropyl, piperidinoethyl, pipecolinoethyl, morpholinoethyl, piperidinopropyl, pipecolinopropyl, diethylaminohexyl, diethylaminoethoxypropyl, diethylaminobutyl, Examples include dimethylaminoamyl, NN-methyl-lauryl-aminopropyl, 2-ethylhexylaminoethyl, stearylaminoethyl, oleylaminoethyl and the like.
 一般式BにおけるRは、水素原子、炭素原子数1~4のアルキル基、炭素原子数6~12のアリール基、ハロゲン原子、又は、置換基{-CONH-(CH-NR’R”}を表す。
 Rにおける炭素原子数1~4のアルキル基としては、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基等が挙げられる。Rにおける炭素原子数6~12のアリール基としては、例えば、フェニル基、ナフチル基、ビフェニル基等が挙げられる。Rにおけるハロゲン原子としては、例えば、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、ヨウ素原子が挙げられ、中でも塩素原子又は臭素原子が好ましい。
 一般式Bにおいて、置換基{-CONH-(CH-NR’R”}の導入されるアミン成分(-(CH-NR’R”)は、前記一般式Aにおいて例示されたものと同様のものが挙げられる。一般式Bにおいて、置換基{-CONH-(CH-NR’R”}の置換位置は特に限定されず、分子内に少なくとも1個有していればよく、Rを有する芳香環のいずれの水素原子が置換されていてもよく、Rが置換されていてもよい。更に、Rがアリール基の場合、当該アリール基を構成する芳香環の水素原子が置換されていてもよい。
R 5 in the general formula B is a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, or a substituent {—CONH— (CH 2 ) n —NR ′. R "}.
Examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms in R 5 include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, and a butyl group. Examples of the aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms in R 5 include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, and a biphenyl group. Examples of the halogen atom in R 5, for example, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an iodine atom, among them chlorine atom or a bromine atom.
In the general formula B, the amine component (— (CH 2 ) m —NR′R ″) into which the substituent {—CONH— (CH 2 ) n —NR′R ″} is introduced is exemplified in the general formula A. The same thing is mentioned. In the general formula B, the substitution position of the substituent {—CONH— (CH 2 ) n —NR′R ″} is not particularly limited, as long as it has at least one in the molecule, and the aromatic ring having R 5 Any of the above hydrogen atoms may be substituted, R 5 may be substituted, and when R 5 is an aryl group, the aromatic ring hydrogen atom constituting the aryl group may be substituted. Good.
 一般式Cにおいて、Rにおける炭素原子数1~4のアルキル基、炭素原子数6~12のアリール基、ハロゲン原子は、それぞれ一般式BにおけるRと同様のものとすることができる。
 一般式Cにおいて、置換基Xは、一般式Aにおけるものと同様のものとすることができる。一般式Cにおいて、置換基Xの置換位置は特に限定されず、分子内に少なくとも1個有していればよく、Rを有する芳香環のいずれの水素原子が置換されていてもよく、Rが置換されていてもよい。更に、Rがアリール基の場合、当該アリール基を構成する芳香環の水素原子が置換されていてもよい。
In formula C, alkyl group having 1-4 carbon atoms in R 6, an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, a halogen atom can each assume the same as R 5 in the general formula B.
In general formula C, substituent X can be the same as in general formula A. In the general formula C, the substitution position of the substituent X is not particularly limited, as long as it has at least one in the molecule, and any hydrogen atom of the aromatic ring having R 6 may be substituted. 6 may be substituted. Furthermore, when R 6 is an aryl group, the hydrogen atom of the aromatic ring constituting the aryl group may be substituted.
 また、一般式Dにおいて、置換基Xは、一般式Aにおけるものと同様のものとすることができる。一般式Dにおいて、置換基Xの置換位置は特に限定されない。 In the general formula D, the substituent X can be the same as that in the general formula A. In the general formula D, the substitution position of the substituent X is not particularly limited.
 一般式Cで表されるスルホン化ジケトピロロピロール誘導体は、一般式(1)で表される赤色顔料との相互作用により、分散性及び分散安定性を向上する点から、中でも、下記一般式(C-1)~(C-4)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 The sulfonated diketopyrrolopyrrole derivative represented by the general formula C is improved in dispersibility and dispersion stability by the interaction with the red pigment represented by the general formula (1). Compounds represented by (C-1) to (C-4) are preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
(一般式(C-1)中、nは1~4の整数、mは1又は2の整数であり、R’及びR”はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、置換基を有してもよい炭素原子数1~4のアルキル基又はアリール基である。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
(In general formula (C-1), n is an integer of 1 to 4, m is an integer of 1 or 2, and R ′ and R ″ are each independently a hydrogen atom or an optionally substituted carbon. (It is an alkyl group having 1 to 4 atoms or an aryl group.)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
(一般式(C-2)中、mは1又は2の整数であり、R”’は、炭素原子数1~20のアルキル基を表す。なお置換基SO は、Clの位置に置換してもよい。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
(In General Formula (C-2), m is an integer of 1 or 2, and R ″ ′ represents an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. The substituent SO 3 is substituted at the position of Cl. You may do it.)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
(一般式(C-3)中、mは1又は2の整数であり、置換基SOHは、Clの位置に置換してもよい。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
(In the general formula (C-3), m is an integer of 1 or 2, and the substituent SO 3 H may be substituted at the position of Cl.)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
(化学式(C-4)中、Xは、スルホン酸基、-SONH-(CH-NR’R”、-SONH-(CH-COOH、-SONH-(CH-SOH、及びスルホン酸塩よりなる群から選択される1種であり、R’及びR”はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、炭素数1~20の置換されていても良い飽和若しくは不飽和の脂肪族炭化水素基若しくは芳香族炭化水素基、又は、隣接する窒素原子と共に更に窒素、酸素、若しくは硫黄原子を含んでいても良い複素環を形成したものを表し、nはそれぞれ独立に、1~6の整数である。m1~4の整数を表す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
(In the chemical formula (C-4), X represents a sulfonic acid group, —SO 2 NH— (CH 2 ) n —NR′R ″, —SO 2 NH— (CH 2 ) n —COOH, —SO 2 NH— (CH 2 ) n —SO 3 H and one selected from the group consisting of sulfonates, wherein R ′ and R ″ are each independently a hydrogen atom or a C 1-20 substituted group. Represents a good saturated or unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group or aromatic hydrocarbon group, or a heterocyclic ring which may contain a nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom together with an adjacent nitrogen atom, and n represents Each independently represents an integer of 1 to 6. It represents an integer of m1 to 4.)
 上記顔料誘導体の好適な具体例としては、例えば、下記化学式で表される化合物が挙げられる。 Specific examples of suitable pigment derivatives include compounds represented by the following chemical formula.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
 その他の顔料誘導体として、更に、下記一般式Eで表されるスルホン化キナクリドン誘導体を組み合わせてもよい。スルホン化キナクリドン誘導体を組み合わせて用いることにより、顔料分散性により優れた着色樹脂組成物を調製することができる。 As other pigment derivatives, a sulfonated quinacridone derivative represented by the following general formula E may be further combined. By using in combination with a sulfonated quinacridone derivative, a colored resin composition having superior pigment dispersibility can be prepared.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
(一般式E中、Xは、スルホン酸基、-SONH-(CH-NR’R”、-SONH-(CH-COOH、-SONH-(CH-SOH、及びスルホン酸塩よりなる群から選択される1種であり、R’及びR”はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、炭素数1~20の置換されていても良い飽和若しくは不飽和の脂肪族炭化水素基若しくは芳香族炭化水素基、又は、隣接する窒素原子と共に更に窒素、酸素、若しくは硫黄原子を含んでいても良い複素環を形成したものを表し、nはそれぞれ独立に、1~6の整数である。mは、1~4の整数を表す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
(In the general formula E, X represents a sulfonic acid group, —SO 2 NH— (CH 2 ) n —NR′R ″, —SO 2 NH— (CH 2 ) n —COOH, —SO 2 NH— (CH 2 ) N —SO 3 H and one selected from the group consisting of sulfonates, and R ′ and R ″ are each independently a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted saturated group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or Represents an unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group or aromatic hydrocarbon group, or a heterocyclic ring which may further contain a nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom together with an adjacent nitrogen atom, and each n is independently An integer of 1 to 6. m represents an integer of 1 to 4.)
 一般式E中のXは、前記一般式CにおけるXと同様のものとすることができる。顔料分散性の点から、中でも、下記化学式8であることが好ましい。 X in the general formula E can be the same as X in the general formula C. From the viewpoint of pigment dispersibility, the following chemical formula 8 is preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
 本発明のカラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物においては、位相差の絶対値を低減しながら、顔料分散性及び分散安定性を向上する点からは、中でも、スルホン化ジケトピロロピロール顔料誘導体を用いることが好ましい。顔料分散性を向上する点からは、スルホン化ジケトピロロピロール誘導体とスルホン化キナクリドン誘導体とを組み合わせて用いることが好ましい。また、水素結合を抑制することにより、ジケトピロロピロール系顔料由来の析出を抑制する点からは、イミドアルキル化ジケトピロロピロール誘導体をさらに用いることが好ましい。 In the colored resin composition for a color filter of the present invention, a sulfonated diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment derivative is used from the viewpoint of improving pigment dispersibility and dispersion stability while reducing the absolute value of retardation. Is preferred. From the viewpoint of improving pigment dispersibility, it is preferable to use a combination of a sulfonated diketopyrrolopyrrole derivative and a sulfonated quinacridone derivative. Moreover, it is preferable to further use an imide alkylated diketopyrrolopyrrole derivative from the viewpoint of suppressing precipitation derived from a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment by suppressing hydrogen bonding.
 顔料誘導体を用いる場合、当該顔料誘導体の含有割合は、顔料100質量部に対して、1~25質量部であることが好ましく、1~15質量部であることがより好ましく、3~10質量部であることが更により好ましい。 When a pigment derivative is used, the content of the pigment derivative is preferably 1 to 25 parts by weight, more preferably 1 to 15 parts by weight, with respect to 100 parts by weight of the pigment. Even more preferably.
<分散剤>
 本発明においては、分散剤として、前記一般式(2)で表される構成単位を有する重合体を用いる。前記一般式(2)で表される構成単位は塩基性を有し、顔料に対する吸着部位として機能する。
 本発明のカラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物及び顔料分散液は、分散剤として一般式(2)で表される構成単位を有する重合体を用いることにより、顔料への吸着性能が向上し、顔料の分散性及び分散安定性が向上する。
<Dispersant>
In the present invention, a polymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (2) is used as a dispersant. The structural unit represented by the general formula (2) has basicity and functions as an adsorption site for the pigment.
The colored resin composition for a color filter and the pigment dispersion of the present invention improve the adsorption performance to the pigment by using a polymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (2) as a dispersant. Dispersibility and dispersion stability are improved.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
(一般式(2)中、R11は、水素原子又はメチル基、Qは、2価の連結基、R12は、炭素数1~8のアルキレン基、-[CH(R15)-CH(R16)-O]-CH(R15)-CH(R16)-又は-[(CH-O]-(CH-で示される2価の有機基、R13及びR14は、それぞれ独立に、置換されていてもよい鎖状又は環状の炭化水素基を表すか、R13及びR14が互いに結合して環状構造を形成する。R15及びR16は、それぞれ独立に水素原子又はメチル基である。
 xは1~18の整数、yは1~5の整数、zは1~18の整数を示す。)
(In the general formula (2), R 11 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, Q is a divalent linking group, R 12 is an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, — [CH (R 15 ) —CH ( A divalent organic group represented by R 16 ) —O] x —CH (R 15 ) —CH (R 16 ) — or — [(CH 2 ) y —O] z — (CH 2 ) y —, R 13 and R 14 each independently represent a optionally substituted linear or cyclic hydrocarbon group, .R 15 and R 16 R 13 and R 14 are combined to form a cyclic structure each other, Each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
x represents an integer of 1 to 18, y represents an integer of 1 to 5, and z represents an integer of 1 to 18. )
 一般式(2)において、Qは、2価の連結基である。Qにおける2価の連結基としては、例えば、炭素原子数1~10のアルキレン基、アリーレン基、-CONH-基、-COO-基、炭素原子数1~10のエーテル基(-R’-OR”-:R’及びR”は、各々独立にアルキレン基)及びこれらの組み合わせ等が挙げられる。
 中でも、分散性の点から、一般式(2)におけるQは、-CONH-基、又は、-COO-基を含む2価の連結基であることが好ましい。
In General formula (2), Q is a bivalent coupling group. Examples of the divalent linking group in Q include an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an arylene group, a —CONH— group, a —COO— group, an ether group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms (—R′—OR). "-: R 'and R" each independently represents an alkylene group) and combinations thereof.
Among these, from the viewpoint of dispersibility, Q in the general formula (2) is preferably a divalent linking group containing a —CONH— group or a —COO— group.
 上記一般式(2)の2価の有機基R12は、炭素数1~8のアルキレン基、-[CH(R15)-CH(R16)-O]-CH(R15)-CH(R16)-又は-[(CH-O]-(CH-である。上記炭素数1~8のアルキレン基は、直鎖状、分岐状のいずれであってもよい。
 R15及びR16は、それぞれ独立に水素原子又はメチル基である。
 上記R12としては、分散性の点から、炭素数1~8のアルキレン基が好ましく、中でも、R12がメチレン基、エチレン基、プロピレン基、ブチレン基であることが更に好ましく、メチレン基及びエチレン基がより好ましい。
The divalent organic group R 12 in the general formula (2) is an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, — [CH (R 15 ) —CH (R 16 ) —O] x —CH (R 15 ) —CH (R 16 ) — or — [(CH 2 ) y —O] z — (CH 2 ) y —. The alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms may be linear or branched.
R 15 and R 16 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
R 12 is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms from the viewpoint of dispersibility. Among them, R 12 is more preferably a methylene group, an ethylene group, a propylene group, or a butylene group. Groups are more preferred.
 上記一般式(2)のR13、R14が互いに結合して形成する環状構造としては、例えば5~7員環の含窒素複素環単環又はこれらが2個縮合してなる縮合環が挙げられる。該含窒素複素環は芳香性を有さないものが好ましく、飽和環であればより好ましい。 Examples of the cyclic structure formed by combining R 13 and R 14 in the general formula (2) include a 5- to 7-membered nitrogen-containing heterocyclic monocycle or a condensed ring formed by condensing two of these. It is done. The nitrogen-containing heterocycle preferably has no aromaticity, more preferably a saturated ring.
 上記一般式(2)で表される繰り返し単位としては、ジメチルアミノエチル(メタ)アクリレート、ジメチルアミノプロピル(メタ)アクリレート、ジエチルアミノエチル(メタ)アクリレート、ジエチルアミノプロピル(メタ)アクリレート等のアルキル基置換アミノ基含有(メタ)アクリレート等、ジメチルアミノエチル(メタ)アクリルアミド、ジメチルアミノプロピル(メタ)アクリルアミドなどのアルキル基置換アミノ基含有(メタ)アクリルアミド等が挙げられる。中でも分散性、及び分散安定性が向上する点でジメチルアミノエチル(メタ)アクリレート、ジエチルアミノエチル(メタ)アクリレート、ジメチルアミノプロピル(メタ)アクリルアミドを好ましく用いることができる。 Examples of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (2) include alkyl group-substituted amino such as dimethylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate, dimethylaminopropyl (meth) acrylate, diethylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate, and diethylaminopropyl (meth) acrylate. Examples include group-containing (meth) acrylates, alkyl group-substituted amino group-containing (meth) acrylamides such as dimethylaminoethyl (meth) acrylamide, dimethylaminopropyl (meth) acrylamide, and the like. Of these, dimethylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate, diethylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate, and dimethylaminopropyl (meth) acrylamide can be preferably used in terms of improving dispersibility and dispersion stability.
 前記一般式(2)で表される構成単位を有する重合体において、一般式(2)で表される構成単位は、3個以上含まれることが好ましい。中でも、分散性、及び分散安定性を向上する点から、3~100個含むことが好ましく、3~50個含むことがより好ましく、更に3~30個含むことがより好ましい。 In the polymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (2), it is preferable that three or more structural units represented by the general formula (2) are included. Among these, from the viewpoint of improving dispersibility and dispersion stability, it is preferably 3 to 100, more preferably 3 to 50, and even more preferably 3 to 30.
 前記一般式(2)で表される構成単位を有する重合体においては、前記一般式(2)で表される構成単位が有する末端の窒素部位の少なくとも一部と下記一般式(I)~(III)で表される化合物よりなる群から選択される1種以上の化合物とが塩を形成していることが、塩形成部位において顔料吸着性がより向上し、顔料分散安定性、現像残渣の抑制、及び溶剤再溶解性に優れる点から好ましい。 In the polymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (2), at least a part of the terminal nitrogen moiety of the structural unit represented by the general formula (2) and the following general formulas (I) to ( III) that one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of the compounds represented by the salt form a salt, the pigment adsorbability is further improved at the salt forming site, the pigment dispersion stability, the development residue It is preferable from the viewpoint of excellent suppression and solvent resolubility.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
(一般式(I)において、Rは、炭素数1~20の直鎖、分岐鎖又は環状のアルキル基、ビニル基、置換基を有してもよいフェニル基又はベンジル基、或いは-O-Rを表し、Rは、炭素数1~20の直鎖、分岐鎖又は環状のアルキル基、ビニル基、置換基を有してもよいフェニル基又はベンジル基、或いは炭素数1~4のアルキレン基を介した(メタ)アクリロイル基を表す。一般式(II)において、R、Rb’、及びRb”はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、酸性基又はそのエステル基、置換基を有してもよい炭素数1~20の直鎖、分岐鎖又は環状のアルキル基、置換基を有してもよいビニル基、置換基を有してもよいフェニル基又はベンジル基、或いは-O-Rを表し、Rは、置換基を有してもよい炭素数1~20の直鎖、分岐鎖又は環状のアルキル基、置換基を有してもよいビニル基、置換基を有してもよいフェニル基又はベンジル基、或いは炭素数1~4のアルキレン基を介した(メタ)アクリロイル基を表し、Xは、塩素原子、臭素原子、又はヨウ素原子を表す。一般式(III)において、R及びRはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、水酸基、炭素数1~20の直鎖、分岐鎖又は環状のアルキル基、ビニル基、置換基を有してもよいフェニル基又はベンジル基、或いは-O-Rを表し、Rは、炭素数1~20の直鎖、分岐鎖又は環状のアルキル基、ビニル基、置換基を有してもよいフェニル基又はベンジル基、或いは炭素数1~4のアルキレン基を介した(メタ)アクリロイル基を表す。但し、R及びRの少なくとも一つは炭素原子を含む。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
(In the general formula (I), R a represents a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a vinyl group, an optionally substituted phenyl group or benzyl group, or —O—. R e represents R e , a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a vinyl group, an optionally substituted phenyl group or benzyl group, or C 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Represents a (meth) acryloyl group via an alkylene group. In the general formula (II), R b , R b ′ , and R b ″ each independently have a hydrogen atom, an acidic group or an ester group thereof, and a substituent. A linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a vinyl group which may have a substituent, a phenyl group or a benzyl group which may have a substituent, or —O—. It represents R f, R f is 1 carbon atoms which may have a substituent group to 20 Via a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group, an optionally substituted vinyl group, an optionally substituted phenyl or benzyl group, or an alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms (meta ) Represents an acryloyl group, X represents a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, or an iodine atom, In the general formula (III), R c and R d are each independently a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, Represents a chain, branched or cyclic alkyl group, a vinyl group, an optionally substituted phenyl group or benzyl group, or —O—R e , where R e is a linear or branched group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. A chain or cyclic alkyl group, a vinyl group, a phenyl group or benzyl group which may have a substituent, or a (meth) acryloyl group via an alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, provided that R c and R at least one of d is a carbon atom Including)
 前記一般式(I)~(III)において、R、R、Rb’、Rb”、R、R、R、及びRにおける炭素数1~20の直鎖、分岐鎖又は環状のアルキル基としては、直鎖又は分岐鎖のいずれでも良く、また、環状構造を含んでいても良い。好ましくは、炭素数1~15の直鎖、分岐鎖又は環状のアルキル基が挙げられ、更に好ましくは炭素数1~8の直鎖、分岐鎖又は環状のアルキル基が挙げられる。
 また、R、R、R、及びRにおいて、置換基を有してもよいフェニル基又はベンジル基の置換基としては、例えば、炭素原子数が1~5のアルキル基、アシル基、アシルオキシ基等が挙げられる。
In the general formulas (I) to (III), R a , R b , R b ′ , R b ″ , R c , R d , R e , and R f are linear or branched chains having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. The cyclic alkyl group may be linear or branched, and may contain a cyclic structure, preferably a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms. More preferred are linear, branched or cyclic alkyl groups having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
In R a , R c , R d , and R e , examples of the substituent of the phenyl group or benzyl group that may have a substituent include an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms and an acyl group. And an acyloxy group.
 R、Rb’、Rb”、及びRにおいて、置換基を有してもよいフェニル基又はベンジル基の置換基としては、例えば、酸性基又はそのエステル基、炭素原子数が1~5のアルキル基、アシル基、アシルオキシ基等が挙げられる。
 また、R、Rb’、Rb”、及びRにおいて、置換基を有してもよい炭素数1~20の直鎖、分岐鎖又は環状のアルキル基、或いはビニル基の置換基としては、酸性基又はそのエステル基、フェニル基、アシル基、アシルオキシ基等が挙げられる。
 R、Rb’、Rb”、及びRにおいて酸性基とは、水中でプロトンを放出し酸性を示す基のことをいう。酸性基の具体例としては、カルボキシ基(-COOH)、スルホ基(-SOH)、ホスホノ基(-P(=O)(OH))、ホスフィニコ基(>P(=O)(OH))、ボロン酸基(-B(OH))、ボリン酸基(>BOH)等が挙げられ、カルボキシラト基(-COO)等のように水素原子が解離したアニオンであってもよく、更に、ナトリウムイオンやカリウムイオン等のアルカリ金属イオンと塩形成した酸性塩であってもよい。
 また、酸性基のエステル基としては、カルボン酸エステル(-COOR)、スルホン酸エステル(-SOR)、リン酸エステル(-P(=O)(OR))、(>P(=O)(OR))、ボロン酸エステル(-B(OR))、ボリン酸エステル(>BOR)等が挙げられる。中でも、酸性基のエステル基としては、カルボン酸エステル(-COOR)であることが分散性及び分散安定性の点から好ましい。なお、ここでのRは炭化水素基であり、特に限定されないが、分散性及び分散安定性の点から、中でも炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基であることが好ましく、メチル基又はエチル基であることがより好ましい。
In R b , R b ′ , R b ″ , and R f , examples of the substituent of the phenyl group or benzyl group which may have a substituent include an acidic group or an ester group thereof, 5 alkyl groups, acyl groups, acyloxy groups and the like.
In R b , R b ′ , R b ″ , and R f , as a substituent for a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a vinyl group Includes an acidic group or an ester group thereof, a phenyl group, an acyl group, an acyloxy group, and the like.
In R b , R b ′ , R b ″ , and R f , the acidic group refers to a group that exhibits acidity by releasing protons in water. Specific examples of the acidic group include a carboxy group (—COOH), A sulfo group (—SO 3 H), a phosphono group (—P (═O) (OH) 2 ), a phosphinico group (> P (═O) (OH)), a boronic acid group (—B (OH) 2 ), A borinic acid group (> BOH) and the like, and an anion in which a hydrogen atom is dissociated such as a carboxylate group (—COO ), and a salt of an alkali metal ion such as sodium ion or potassium ion and a salt It may be an acid salt formed.
As the ester group of the acidic group, carboxylic acid ester (—COOR), sulfonic acid ester (—SO 3 R), phosphoric acid ester (—P (═O) (OR) 2 ), (> P (═O ) (OR)), boronic acid ester (—B (OR) 2 ), borinic acid ester (> BOR) and the like. Among them, the acidic ester group is preferably a carboxylic acid ester (—COOR) from the viewpoint of dispersibility and dispersion stability. Here, R is a hydrocarbon group and is not particularly limited. However, from the viewpoint of dispersibility and dispersion stability, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms is preferable, and a methyl group or an ethyl group is preferable. More preferably.
 前記一般式(II)の化合物は、分散性、分散安定性、アルカリ現像性、及び現像残渣抑制の点から、カルボキシ基、ボロン酸基、ボリン酸基、これらのアニオン、並びにこれらのアルカリ金属塩、及びこれらのエステルより選択される1種以上の官能基を有することが好ましく、中でも、カルボキシ基、カルボキシラト基、カルボン酸塩基、及びカルボン酸エステルより選択される官能基を有することがより好ましい。
 前記一般式(II)の化合物が酸性基及びそのエステル基(以下、酸性基等という)を有する場合、当該化合物が有する酸性基等側、及び、ハロゲン原子側炭化水素のいずれもが末端の窒素部位と塩形成し得るが、末端の窒素部位と酸性基等とが塩形成した場合に比べて、末端の窒素部位とハロゲン原子側炭化水素とが安定して塩形成するものと推定される。そして、安定して存在する塩形成部位に顔料が吸着することにより分散性及び分散安定性が向上するものと推定される。
The compound of the general formula (II) includes a carboxy group, a boronic acid group, a borinic acid group, anions thereof, and alkali metal salts thereof from the viewpoints of dispersibility, dispersion stability, alkali developability, and development residue suppression. It is preferable to have one or more functional groups selected from these esters, and among them, it is more preferable to have a functional group selected from a carboxy group, a carboxylate group, a carboxylic acid group, and a carboxylic acid ester. .
When the compound of the general formula (II) has an acidic group and an ester group thereof (hereinafter referred to as an acidic group, etc.), both the acidic group equivalent side and the halogen atom side hydrocarbon of the compound have terminal nitrogen. Although it is possible to form a salt with the site, it is presumed that the terminal nitrogen site and the halogen atom-side hydrocarbon form a salt more stably than when the terminal nitrogen site and an acidic group form a salt. And it is estimated that a dispersibility and dispersion stability improve because a pigment adsorb | sucks to the salt formation site | part which exists stably.
 前記一般式(II)の化合物が前記酸性基等を有する場合、前記酸性基等を2個以上有していてもよい。前記酸性基等を2個以上有する場合、複数ある前記酸性基等は同一であってもよく、異なっていてもよい。前記一般式(II)の化合物が有する前記酸性基等の数は1~3個であることが好ましく、1~2個であることがより好ましく、1個であることが更により好ましい。 When the compound of the general formula (II) has the acidic group or the like, it may have two or more acidic groups or the like. When two or more acidic groups or the like are included, the plurality of acidic groups or the like may be the same or different. The number of the acidic groups etc. contained in the compound of the general formula (II) is preferably 1 to 3, more preferably 1 to 2, and still more preferably 1.
 前記一般式(I)においてR、前記一般式(II)においてR、Rb’、及びRb”の少なくとも1つ、並びに、前記一般式(III)においてR及びRの少なくとも1つが芳香族環を有する場合には、後述する顔料の骨格との間の親和性が向上し、顔料の分散性及び分散安定性が優れたものとなり、コントラストに優れた着色組成物を得ることができる点から好ましい。 R a in the general formula (I), at least one of R b , R b ′ , and R b ″ in the general formula (II), and at least one of R c and R d in the general formula (III) When one of them has an aromatic ring, the affinity with the skeleton of the pigment described later is improved, the dispersibility and dispersion stability of the pigment are excellent, and a colored composition having excellent contrast can be obtained. It is preferable because it can be performed.
 前記一般式(I)~(III)よりなる群から選択される1種以上の化合物の分子量は、顔料分散性向上の点から、1000以下であることが好ましく、中でも50~800であることが好ましく、更に50~400であることが好ましく、より更に80~350であることが好ましく、100~330であることが最も好ましい。 The molecular weight of one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of the above general formulas (I) to (III) is preferably 1000 or less, particularly 50 to 800, from the viewpoint of improving pigment dispersibility. More preferably, it is preferably 50 to 400, more preferably 80 to 350, and most preferably 100 to 330.
 前記一般式(I)で表される化合物としては、例えば、ベンゼンスルホン酸、ビニルスルホン酸、メタンスルホン酸、p-トルエンスルホン酸、モノメチル硫酸、モノエチル硫酸、モノn-プロピル硫酸等が挙げられる。なお、p-トルエンスルホン酸一水和物のような水和物を用いても良い。前記一般式(II)で表される化合物としては、例えば、メチルクロライド、メチルブロマイド、エチルクロライド、エチルブロマイド、ヨウ化メチル、ヨウ化エチル、n-ブチルクロライド、ヘキシルクロライド、オクチルクロライド、ドデシルクロライド、テトラデシルクロライド、ヘキサデシルクロライド、フェネチルクロライド、ベンジルクロライド、ベンジルブロマイド、ベンジルヨーダイド、クロロベンゼン、α-クロロフェニル酢酸、α-ブロモフェニル酢酸、α-ヨードフェニル酢酸、4-クロロメチル安息香酸、4-ブロモメチル安息香酸、4-ヨードフェニル安息香酸、クロロ酢酸、ブロモ酢酸、ヨード酢酸、α-ブロモフェニル酢酸メチル、3-(ブロモメチル)フェニルボロン酸、等が挙げられる。前記一般式(III)で表される化合物としては、例えば、モノブチルリン酸、ジブチルリン酸、メチルリン酸、ジベンジルリン酸、ジフェニルリン酸、フェニルホスフィン酸、フェニルホスホン酸、ジメタクリロイルオキシエチルアシッドホスフェート等が挙げられる。
 前記一般式(I)~(III)よりなる群の中でも分散安定性が特に優れる点から、フェニルホスフィン酸、フェニルホスホン酸、ジメタクリロイルオキシエチルアシッドホスフェート、ジブチルリン酸、ベンジルクロライド、ベンジルブロミド、ビニルスルホン酸、及びp-トルエンスルホン酸一水和物よりなる群から選択される1種以上が好ましく、中でも、フェニルホスフィン酸、フェニルホスホン酸、ベンジルクロライド、ベンジルブロミド、及びp-トルエンスルホン酸一水和物よりなる群から選択される1種以上を用いることが好ましい。
 また、分散安定性に優れ、且つ、後述する酸価を有するブロック共重合体との組み合わせにより現像残渣の抑制効果が向上する点から、酸性基及びそのエステル基を有する一般式(II)で表される化合物も好適に用いられ、中でも、α-クロロフェニル酢酸、α-ブロモフェニル酢酸、α-ヨードフェニル酢酸、4-クロロメチル安息香酸、4-ブロモメチル安息香酸、及び4-ヨードフェニル安息香酸よりなる群から選択される1種以上も好適に用いられる。
Examples of the compound represented by the general formula (I) include benzene sulfonic acid, vinyl sulfonic acid, methane sulfonic acid, p-toluene sulfonic acid, monomethyl sulfuric acid, monoethyl sulfuric acid, mono n-propyl sulfuric acid and the like. A hydrate such as p-toluenesulfonic acid monohydrate may be used. Examples of the compound represented by the general formula (II) include methyl chloride, methyl bromide, ethyl chloride, ethyl bromide, methyl iodide, ethyl iodide, n-butyl chloride, hexyl chloride, octyl chloride, dodecyl chloride, Tetradecyl chloride, hexadecyl chloride, phenethyl chloride, benzyl chloride, benzyl bromide, benzyl iodide, chlorobenzene, α-chlorophenylacetic acid, α-bromophenylacetic acid, α-iodophenylacetic acid, 4-chloromethylbenzoic acid, 4-bromomethyl Examples include benzoic acid, 4-iodophenylbenzoic acid, chloroacetic acid, bromoacetic acid, iodoacetic acid, methyl α-bromophenylacetate, 3- (bromomethyl) phenylboronic acid, and the like. Examples of the compound represented by the general formula (III) include monobutyl phosphoric acid, dibutyl phosphoric acid, methyl phosphoric acid, dibenzyl phosphoric acid, diphenyl phosphoric acid, phenylphosphinic acid, phenylphosphonic acid, dimethacryloyloxyethyl acid phosphate and the like. .
Among the groups consisting of the general formulas (I) to (III), phenylphosphinic acid, phenylphosphonic acid, dimethacryloyloxyethyl acid phosphate, dibutyl phosphoric acid, benzyl chloride, benzyl bromide, vinyl sulfone are particularly excellent in dispersion stability. One or more selected from the group consisting of acids and p-toluenesulfonic acid monohydrate is preferable, among which phenylphosphinic acid, phenylphosphonic acid, benzyl chloride, benzylbromide, and p-toluenesulfonic acid monohydrate It is preferable to use one or more selected from the group consisting of products.
Moreover, it is represented by the general formula (II) having an acidic group and its ester group from the viewpoint that the effect of suppressing development residue is improved by combination with a block copolymer having excellent dispersion stability and an acid value described later. Are also preferably used, and are composed of α-chlorophenylacetic acid, α-bromophenylacetic acid, α-iodophenylacetic acid, 4-chloromethylbenzoic acid, 4-bromomethylbenzoic acid, and 4-iodophenylbenzoic acid, among others. One or more selected from the group is also preferably used.
 一般式(2)で表される構成単位を有する重合体において、前記一般式(I)~(III)よりなる群から選択される1種以上の化合物の含有量は、一般式(2)で表される構成単位が有する末端の窒素部位と塩形成しているものであることから、一般式(2)で表される構成単位が有する末端の窒素部位1モルに対して、前記一般式(I)~(III)よりなる群から選択される1種以上の化合物を0.01モル以上とすることが好ましく、0.1モル以上とすることがより好ましく、0.2モル以上とすることがさらに好ましく、0.3モル以上とすることが特に好ましい。上記下限値以上であると、塩形成による顔料分散性向上の効果が得られやすい。同様に、1モル以下とすることが好ましく、0.8モル以下とすることがより好ましく、0.7モル以下とすることがさらに好ましく、0.6モル以下とすることが特に好ましい。上記上限値以下であると現像密着性や溶剤再溶解性に優れたものとすることができる。
 なお、前記一般式(I)~(III)よりなる群から選択される1種以上の化合物は、1種単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を組み合わせてもよい。2種以上を組み合わせる場合は、その合計の含有量が上記範囲内であることが好ましい。
In the polymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (2), the content of one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of the general formulas (I) to (III) is represented by the general formula (2). Since the terminal structural unit represented by the structural unit is salted with the terminal structural unit represented by the general formula (2), the general formula (2) One or more compounds selected from the group consisting of I) to (III) are preferably 0.01 mol or more, more preferably 0.1 mol or more, and 0.2 mol or more. Is more preferably 0.3 mol or more. When it is at least the above lower limit value, the effect of improving the pigment dispersibility by salt formation is likely to be obtained. Similarly, it is preferably 1 mol or less, more preferably 0.8 mol or less, further preferably 0.7 mol or less, and particularly preferably 0.6 mol or less. When it is not more than the above upper limit value, it can be excellent in development adhesion and solvent re-solubility.
One or more compounds selected from the group consisting of the general formulas (I) to (III) may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When combining 2 or more types, it is preferable that the total content is in the above range.
 一般式(2)で表される構成単位を有する重合体としては、分散性を向上する点から、更に溶剤親和性を有する部位を含むことが好ましい。溶剤親和性部位としては、一般式(2)で表される構成単位を誘導するモノマーと重合可能な、エチレン性不飽和結合を有するモノマーの中から、溶剤親和性を有するように溶剤に応じて適宜選択して用いられることが好ましい。目安として、組み合わせて用いられる溶剤に対して、重合体の23℃における溶解度が50(g/100g溶剤)以上となるように、溶剤親和性部位を導入することが好ましい。
 本発明において用いられる重合体としては、顔料の分散性及び分散安定性及び樹脂組成物の耐熱性を向上し、高輝度且つ高コントラストな着色層を形成できる点から、中でも、ブロック共重合体又はグラフト共重合体が好ましく、ブロック共重合体が特に好ましい。以下、特に好ましいブロック共重合体について詳細に説明する。
The polymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (2) preferably further includes a portion having solvent affinity from the viewpoint of improving dispersibility. As the solvent affinity site, among monomers having an ethylenically unsaturated bond that can be polymerized with the monomer that derives the structural unit represented by the general formula (2), the solvent affinity may be selected depending on the solvent. It is preferable to select and use as appropriate. As a standard, it is preferable to introduce a solvent-affinity site so that the solubility of the polymer at 23 ° C. is 50 (g / 100 g solvent) or more with respect to the solvent used in combination.
As the polymer used in the present invention, the dispersibility and dispersion stability of the pigment and the heat resistance of the resin composition can be improved, and a high-brightness and high-contrast colored layer can be formed. Graft copolymers are preferred and block copolymers are particularly preferred. Hereinafter, particularly preferred block copolymers will be described in detail.
[ブロック共重合体]
 前記一般式(2)で表される構成単位を含むブロックをAブロックとすると、当該Aブロックは、前記一般式(2)で表される構成単位が塩基性を有し、顔料に対する吸着部位として機能する。また、当該一般式(2)で表される構成単位が有する末端の窒素部位の少なくとも一部と前記一般式(I)~(III)よりなる群から選択される1種以上の化合物とが塩を形成した場合においては、当該塩形成部が顔料に対してより強い吸着部位として機能する。一方、前記一般式(2)で表される構成単位を含まないBブロックは、溶剤親和性を有するブロックとして機能するようにする。そのため、本発明に用いられるブロック共重合体は、顔料と吸着するAブロックと溶剤親和性を有するBブロックとで機能を分担して、顔料分散剤として機能する。
[Block copolymer]
Assuming that the block containing the structural unit represented by the general formula (2) is an A block, the structural unit represented by the general formula (2) is basic and the A block has an adsorption site for the pigment. Function. Further, at least a part of the terminal nitrogen moiety of the structural unit represented by the general formula (2) and one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of the general formulas (I) to (III) are salts. Is formed, the salt-forming part functions as a stronger adsorption site for the pigment. On the other hand, the B block not containing the structural unit represented by the general formula (2) functions as a block having solvent affinity. Therefore, the block copolymer used in the present invention functions as a pigment dispersant by sharing the function between the pigment and the adsorbing A block and the B block having solvent affinity.
{Aブロック}
 Aブロックは、前記一般式(2)で表される構成単位を含むブロックであるが、前記一般式(2)で表される構成単位は上述の通りなので、ここでの説明は省略する。
 一般式(2)で表される構成単位を含むAブロック中、一般式(2)で表される構成単位は、3個以上含まれることが好ましい。中でも、分散性、及び分散安定性を向上する点から、3~100個含むことが好ましく、3~50個含むことがより好ましく、更に3~30個含むことがより好ましい。
 一般式(2)で表される構成単位は、顔料吸着部位として機能すれば良く、1種からなるものであっても良いし、2種以上の構成単位を含んでいてもよい。
{A block}
The A block is a block including the structural unit represented by the general formula (2), but the structural unit represented by the general formula (2) is as described above, and thus the description thereof is omitted here.
In the A block including the structural unit represented by the general formula (2), it is preferable that three or more structural units represented by the general formula (2) are included. Among these, from the viewpoint of improving dispersibility and dispersion stability, it is preferably 3 to 100, more preferably 3 to 50, and even more preferably 3 to 30.
The structural unit represented by the general formula (2) only needs to function as a pigment adsorption site, and may be composed of one kind or may contain two or more kinds of structural units.
 Aブロックは本発明の目的を達成する範囲で、一般式(2)で表される構成単位以外の構成単位を有するものであってもよく、一般式(2)で表される構成単位と共重合可能な構成単位であれば含有することができる。例えば、塩基性ブロック部が含有してもよい一般式(2)で表される構成単位以外の構成単位としては、具体的には例えば、後述する一般式(3)で表される構成単位等が挙げられる。
 塩形成前のブロック共重合体におけるAブロック中、一般式(2)で表される構成単位の含有割合は、Aブロックの全構成単位の合計質量に対して、50~100質量%であることが好ましく、80~100質量%であることがより好ましく、100質量%であることが最も好ましい。一般式(2)で表される構成単位の割合が高いほど、顔料への吸着力が向上し、ブロック共重合体の分散性、及び分散安定性が良好となるからである。なお、上記構成単位の含有割合は、一般式(2)で表される構成単位を有するAブロックを合成する際の仕込み質量から算出される。
The A block may have a structural unit other than the structural unit represented by the general formula (2) within the scope of achieving the object of the present invention, and may share the structural unit represented by the general formula (2). Any polymerizable structural unit can be contained. For example, as the structural unit other than the structural unit represented by the general formula (2) that may be contained in the basic block part, specifically, for example, a structural unit represented by the general formula (3) described later, etc. Is mentioned.
In the A block in the block copolymer before salt formation, the content of the structural unit represented by the general formula (2) is 50 to 100% by mass with respect to the total mass of all structural units of the A block. Is preferable, more preferably 80 to 100% by mass, and most preferably 100% by mass. This is because the higher the proportion of the structural unit represented by the general formula (2), the better the adsorptive power to the pigment, and the better the dispersibility and dispersion stability of the block copolymer. In addition, the content rate of the said structural unit is computed from the preparation mass at the time of synthesize | combining A block which has a structural unit represented by General formula (2).
 また、塩形成前のブロック共重合体中、一般式(2)で表される構成単位の含有割合は、分散性、及び分散安定性が良好となる点から、ブロック共重合体の全構成単位の合計質量に対して、5~60質量%であることが好ましく、10~50質量%であることがより好ましい。なお、上記ブロック共重合体における各構成単位の含有割合は、塩形成前のブロック共重合体を合成する際の仕込み質量から算出される。
 なお、一般式(2)で表される構成単位は、顔料との親和性を有すればよく、1種からなるものであっても良いし、2種以上の構成単位を含んでいてもよい。
In addition, the content ratio of the structural unit represented by the general formula (2) in the block copolymer before salt formation is such that all the structural units of the block copolymer are excellent in terms of dispersibility and dispersion stability. The total mass is preferably 5 to 60% by mass, and more preferably 10 to 50% by mass. In addition, the content rate of each structural unit in the said block copolymer is computed from the preparation mass at the time of synthesize | combining the block copolymer before salt formation.
In addition, the structural unit represented by General formula (2) should just have affinity with a pigment, may consist of 1 type, and may contain 2 or more types of structural units. .
 {Bブロック}
 Bブロックは、前記一般式(2)で表される構成単位を含まないブロックである。Bブロックとしては、一般式(2)で表される構成単位を誘導するモノマーと共重合可能な、不飽和二重結合を有するモノマーの中から、親溶剤性を有するように溶剤に応じて適宜選択して用いられることが好ましい。目安として、組み合わせて用いられる溶剤に対して、共重合体の23℃における溶解度が20(g/100g溶剤)以上となるように、Bブロックを導入することが好ましい。
{B block}
B block is a block which does not contain the structural unit represented by the said General formula (2). As the B block, among monomers having an unsaturated double bond that can be copolymerized with the monomer that derives the structural unit represented by the general formula (2), the B block is appropriately selected depending on the solvent so as to have solvophilicity. It is preferable to select and use. As a guideline, it is preferable to introduce the B block so that the solubility of the copolymer at 23 ° C. is 20 (g / 100 g solvent) or more with respect to the solvent used in combination.
 Bブロックを構成する構成単位としては、一般式(2)で表される構成単位を誘導するモノマーと共重合可能な不飽和二重結合を有する単量体を挙げることができ、中でも下記一般式(3)で表される構成単位が好ましい。 Examples of the structural unit constituting the B block include a monomer having an unsaturated double bond copolymerizable with the monomer that derives the structural unit represented by the general formula (2). The structural unit represented by (3) is preferred.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
(一般式(3)中、R21は、水素原子又はメチル基、Q’は、直接結合又は2価の連結基、R22は、炭化水素基、-[CH(R23)-CH(R24)-O]-R25又は-[(CH-O]-R25で示される1価の基である。R23及びR24は、それぞれ独立に水素原子又はメチル基であり、R25は、水素原子、炭化水素基、-CHO、-CHCHO、又は-CHCOOR26で示される1価の基であり、R26は水素原子又は炭素数1~5のアルキル基である。
 上記炭化水素基は、置換基を有していてもよい。
 xは1~18の整数、yは1~5の整数、zは1~18の整数を示す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
(In the general formula (3), R 21 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, Q ′ is a direct bond or a divalent linking group, R 22 is a hydrocarbon group, — [CH (R 23 ) —CH (R 24 ) —O] x —R 25 or — [(CH 2 ) y —O] z —R 25 , each of R 23 and R 24 independently represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. R 25 represents a hydrogen atom, a hydrocarbon group, a monovalent group represented by —CHO, —CH 2 CHO, or —CH 2 COOR 26 , and R 26 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. It is a group.
The hydrocarbon group may have a substituent.
x represents an integer of 1 to 18, y represents an integer of 1 to 5, and z represents an integer of 1 to 18. )
 一般式(3)において、Q’は、直接結合又は2価の連結基である。直接結合とは、Q’が原子を有しないこと、即ち、一般式(3)におけるC(炭素原子)と、R22とが、他の原子を介さずに結合していることを意味する。2価の連結基としては、一般式(2)におけるQと同様のものとすることができる。中でも、Q’は、有機溶剤への溶解性の点から、直接結合、-CONH-基、又は、-COO-基を含む2価の連結基であることが好ましい。 In the general formula (3), Q ′ is a direct bond or a divalent linking group. The direct bond means that Q ′ has no atom, that is, C (carbon atom) in the general formula (3) and R 22 are bonded without interposing another atom. The divalent linking group may be the same as Q in the general formula (2). Among these, Q ′ is preferably a divalent linking group containing a direct bond, —CONH— group, or —COO— group from the viewpoint of solubility in an organic solvent.
 一般式(3)において、R22は、炭化水素基、-[CH(R23)-CH(R24)-O]-R25又は-[(CH-O]-R25を示す。
 R22における炭化水素基としては、炭素原子数1~18のアルキル基、炭素原子数2~18のアルケニル基、アラルキル基、又はアリール基であることが好ましい。
 上記炭素原子数1~18のアルキル基は、直鎖状、分岐状、環状のいずれであってもよい。
 上記炭素原子数2~18のアルケニル基は、直鎖状、分岐状、環状のいずれであってもよい。このようなアルケニル基としては、例えばビニル基、アリル基、プロペニル基などを挙げることができる。アルケニル基の二重結合の位置には限定はないが、得られたポリマーの反応性の点からは、アルケニル基の末端に二重結合があることが好ましい。
 アルキル基やアルケニル基等の脂肪族炭化水素の置換基としては、ニトロ基、ハロゲン原子などを挙げることができる。
In the general formula (3), R 22 represents a hydrocarbon group, — [CH (R 23 ) —CH (R 24 ) —O] x —R 25 or — [(CH 2 ) y —O] z —R 25. Indicates.
The hydrocarbon group for R 22 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 18 carbon atoms, an aralkyl group, or an aryl group.
The alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms may be linear, branched or cyclic.
The alkenyl group having 2 to 18 carbon atoms may be linear, branched or cyclic. Examples of such an alkenyl group include a vinyl group, an allyl group, and a propenyl group. The position of the double bond of the alkenyl group is not limited, but from the viewpoint of the reactivity of the polymer obtained, it is preferable that there is a double bond at the terminal of the alkenyl group.
Examples of the aliphatic hydrocarbon substituent such as an alkyl group or an alkenyl group include a nitro group and a halogen atom.
 アリール基としては、フェニル基、ビフェニル基、ナフチル基、トリル基、キシリル基等が挙げられ、更に置換基を有していてもよい。アリール基の炭素原子数は、6~24が好ましく、更に6~12が好ましい。
 また、アラルキル基としては、ベンジル基、フェネチル基、ナフチルメチル基、ビフェニルメチル基等が挙げられ、更に置換基を有していてもよい。アラルキル基の炭素原子数は、7~20が好ましく、更に7~14が好ましい。
 アリール基やアラルキル基等の芳香環の置換基としては、炭素原子数1~4の直鎖状、分岐状のアルキル基の他、アルケニル基、ニトロ基、ハロゲン原子などを挙げることができる。
 なお、上記好ましい炭素原子数には、置換基の炭素原子数は含まれない。
Examples of the aryl group include a phenyl group, a biphenyl group, a naphthyl group, a tolyl group, and a xylyl group, and may further have a substituent. The number of carbon atoms in the aryl group is preferably 6 to 24, and more preferably 6 to 12.
Moreover, as an aralkyl group, a benzyl group, a phenethyl group, a naphthylmethyl group, a biphenylmethyl group, etc. are mentioned, Furthermore, you may have a substituent. The number of carbon atoms in the aralkyl group is preferably from 7 to 20, and more preferably from 7 to 14.
Examples of the substituent of the aromatic ring such as an aryl group and an aralkyl group include a straight-chain or branched alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group, a nitro group, and a halogen atom.
The preferred number of carbon atoms does not include the number of carbon atoms of the substituent.
 上記R22において、xは1~18の整数、好ましくは1~4の整数、より好ましくは1~2の整数であり、yは1~5の整数、好ましくは1~4の整数、より好ましくは2又は3である。zは1~18の整数、好ましくは1~4の整数、より好ましくは1~2の整数である。 In the above R 22 , x is an integer of 1 to 18, preferably an integer of 1 to 4, more preferably an integer of 1 to 2, and y is an integer of 1 to 5, preferably an integer of 1 to 4, more preferably Is 2 or 3. z is an integer of 1 to 18, preferably an integer of 1 to 4, more preferably an integer of 1 to 2.
 上記R25における炭化水素基は、前記R22で示したものと同様のものとすることができる。
 R26は水素原子又は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基であって、直鎖状、分岐状、又は環状のいずれであってもよい。
 また、上記一般式(3)で表される構成単位中のR22は、互いに同一であってもよいし、異なるものであってもよい。
The hydrocarbon group for R 25 can be the same as that shown for R 22 .
R 26 is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and may be linear, branched or cyclic.
Further, R 22 in the structural unit represented by the general formula (3) may be the same or different.
 上記R22としては、中でも、後述する溶剤との相溶性に優れたものとなるように選定することが好ましく、具体的には、例えば上記溶剤が、カラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物の溶剤として一般的に使用されているグリコールエーテルアセテート系、エーテル系、エステル系などの溶剤を用いる場合には、メチル基、エチル基、イソブチル基、n-ブチル基、2-エチルヘキシル基、ベンジル基等が好ましい。 The R 22 is preferably selected so as to be excellent in compatibility with the solvent described later. Specifically, for example, the solvent is generally used as a solvent for the color resin composition for color filters. When a commonly used solvent such as glycol ether acetate, ether or ester is used, a methyl group, an ethyl group, an isobutyl group, an n-butyl group, a 2-ethylhexyl group, a benzyl group or the like is preferable.
 さらに、上記R22は、上記ブロック共重合体の分散性能等を妨げない範囲で、アルコキシ基、水酸基、エポキシ基、イソシアネート基等の置換基によって置換されたものとしてもよく、また、上記ブロック共重合体の合成後に、上記置換基を有する化合物と反応させて、上記置換基を付加させてもよい。 Furthermore, R 22 may be substituted with a substituent such as an alkoxy group, a hydroxyl group, an epoxy group, or an isocyanate group within a range that does not hinder the dispersion performance of the block copolymer. After the synthesis of the polymer, the substituent may be added by reacting with the compound having the substituent.
 本発明においては、顔料の分散性、及び分散安定性の点から、前記一般式(3)で表される構成単位が、メタクリル酸、メタクリル酸2-ヒドロキシエチル、及び、ベンジルメタクリレートよりなる群よる選択される1種以上の構成単位を含むことが好ましい。 In the present invention, from the viewpoint of the dispersibility and dispersion stability of the pigment, the structural unit represented by the general formula (3) is a group consisting of methacrylic acid, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, and benzyl methacrylate. It is preferable to include one or more selected structural units.
 Bブロックを構成する構成単位の数は特に限定されないが、溶剤親和性部位と顔料吸着部位が効果的に作用し、顔料の分散性を向上する点から、10~300個であることが好ましく、10~100個であることがより好ましく、更に10~70個であることがより好ましい。 The number of structural units constituting the B block is not particularly limited, but is preferably 10 to 300 from the viewpoint that the solvent affinity site and the pigment adsorption site effectively act and improve the dispersibility of the pigment. More preferably, the number is 10 to 100, and even more preferably 10 to 70.
 ブロック共重合体におけるBブロック中、上記一般式(3)で表される構成単位の含有割合は、親溶剤性や顔料分散性を向上する点から、Bブロックの全構成単位の合計質量に対して、50~100質量%であることが好ましく、70~100質量%であることがより好ましい。なお、上記構成単位の含有割合は、Bブロックを合成する際の仕込み質量から算出される。 In the B block in the block copolymer, the content ratio of the structural unit represented by the general formula (3) is based on the total mass of all the structural units of the B block from the viewpoint of improving the solvent-solubility and pigment dispersibility. Thus, it is preferably 50 to 100% by mass, and more preferably 70 to 100% by mass. In addition, the content rate of the said structural unit is computed from the preparation mass at the time of synthesize | combining B block.
 また、塩形成前のブロック共重合体中、上記一般式(3)で表される構成単位の含有割合は、顔料分散性や分散安定性を向上する点から、ブロック共重合体の全構成単位の合計質量に対して、40~95質量%であることが好ましく、50~90質量%であることがより好ましい。なお、上記構成単位の含有割合は、塩形成前のブロック共重合体を合成する際の仕込み質量から算出される。 Further, the content ratio of the structural unit represented by the general formula (3) in the block copolymer before salt formation is such that all the structural units of the block copolymer are improved from the viewpoint of improving pigment dispersibility and dispersion stability. The total mass is preferably 40 to 95% by mass, more preferably 50 to 90% by mass. In addition, the content rate of the said structural unit is computed from the preparation mass at the time of synthesize | combining the block copolymer before salt formation.
 Bブロックは、親溶剤性部位として機能するように構成単位を適宜選択すれば良く、上記一般式(3)で表される構成単位は1種からなるものであっても良いし、2種以上の構成単位を含んでいてもよい。Bブロックに含まれる2種以上の構成単位は、当該ブロック内ではランダムに配列していてもよい。 The B block may be appropriately selected from structural units so as to function as a solvophilic moiety, and the structural unit represented by the general formula (3) may be composed of one kind, or two or more kinds. The structural unit may be included. Two or more structural units included in the B block may be randomly arranged in the block.
 前記共重合体の重量平均分子量Mwは、特に限定されないが、顔料分散性及び分散安定性を良好なものとする点から、1000~20000であることが好ましく、2000~15000であることがより好ましく、更に3000~12000であることが
より好ましい。
 ここで、重量平均分子量は(Mw)、ゲル・パーミエーション・クロマトグラフィー(GPC)により、標準ポリスチレン換算値として求める。
 なお、本発明においてブロック共重合体の重量平均分子量Mwは、GPC(ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィー)により標準ポリスチレン換算値として求める。測定は、東ソー(株)製のHLC-8120GPCを用い、溶出溶剤を0.01モル/リットルの臭化リチウムを添加したN-メチルピロリドンとし、校正曲線用ポリスチレンスタンダードをMw377400、210500、96000、50400、20650、10850、5460、2930、1300、580(以上、Polymer Laboratories社製 Easi PS-2シリーズ)及びMw1090000(東ソー(株)製)とし、測定カラムをTSK-GEL ALPHA-M×2本(東ソー(株)製)として行われたものである。
The weight average molecular weight Mw of the copolymer is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1000 to 20000, more preferably 2000 to 15000 from the viewpoint of improving pigment dispersibility and dispersion stability. Further, it is more preferably 3000 to 12000.
Here, the weight average molecular weight is determined as a standard polystyrene conversion value by (Mw) and gel permeation chromatography (GPC).
In the present invention, the weight average molecular weight Mw of the block copolymer is determined as a standard polystyrene conversion value by GPC (gel permeation chromatography). For the measurement, HLC-8120GPC manufactured by Tosoh Corporation was used, the elution solvent was N-methylpyrrolidone to which 0.01 mol / liter of lithium bromide was added, and polystyrene standards for calibration curves were Mw377400, 210500, 96000, 50400. , 20650, 10850, 5460, 2930, 1300, 580 (Easy PS-2 series manufactured by Polymer Laboratories) and Mw1090000 (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation), and TSK-GEL ALPHA-M × 2 (Tosoh Corporation) (Made by Co., Ltd.).
 本発明においてブロック共重合体の各ブロックの配置は特に限定されず、例えば、ABブロック共重合体、ABAブロック共重合体、BABブロック共重合体等とすることができる。中でも、分散性に優れる点で、ABブロック共重合体、又はABAブロック共重合体が好ましい。 In the present invention, the arrangement of each block of the block copolymer is not particularly limited, and for example, an AB block copolymer, an ABA block copolymer, a BAB block copolymer, and the like can be used. Among these, an AB block copolymer or an ABA block copolymer is preferable in terms of excellent dispersibility.
 上記ブロック共重合体の製造方法は、特に限定されない。公知の方法によってブロック共重合体を製造することができるが、中でもリビング重合法で製造することが好ましい。 The method for producing the block copolymer is not particularly limited. Although a block copolymer can be produced by a known method, it is preferable to produce it by a living polymerization method.
 また、塩型ブロック共重合体の調製方法としては、前記一般式(2)で表される構成単位を有する重合体を溶解乃至分散した溶剤中に、前記一般式(I)~(III)よりなる群から選択される1種以上の化合物を添加し、攪拌、更に必要により加熱する方法などが挙げられる。
 なお、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する重合体の当該一般式(2)で表される構成単位が有する末端の窒素部位と、前記一般式(I)~(III)よりなる群から選択される1種以上の化合物とが塩を形成していること、及びその割合は、例えばNMR等、公知の手法により確認することができる。
The salt type block copolymer can be prepared from the above general formulas (I) to (III) in a solvent in which a polymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (2) is dissolved or dispersed. Examples thereof include a method of adding one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of stirring and further heating if necessary.
The terminal nitrogen moiety of the structural unit represented by the general formula (2) of the polymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) and the general formulas (I) to (III) The fact that one or more compounds selected from the group form a salt and the proportion thereof can be confirmed by a known method such as NMR.
<アルカリ可溶性樹脂>
 本発明におけるアルカリ可溶性樹脂は酸性基を有するものであり、バインダー樹脂として作用し、かつパターン形成する際に用いられる現像液、特に好ましくはアルカリ現像液に可溶性であるものの中から、適宜選択して使用することができる。
 本発明においてアルカリ可溶性樹脂の酸価は、特に限定されない。分散安定性等の経時安定性を向上し、当該樹脂組成物より得られる着色層の耐熱性を向上する点からは、アルカリ可溶性樹脂として酸価が30mgKOH/g以上300mgKOH/g以下の樹脂を用いることが好ましい。
 なお、本発明において酸価は固形分1gを中和するのに要するKOHの質量(mg)を表し、JIS K 0070:1992に準じ、電位差滴定法によって求めた値をいう。
<Alkali-soluble resin>
The alkali-soluble resin in the present invention has an acidic group, acts as a binder resin, and is suitably selected from developers used for pattern formation, particularly preferably those that are soluble in an alkali developer. Can be used.
In the present invention, the acid value of the alkali-soluble resin is not particularly limited. From the viewpoint of improving the temporal stability such as dispersion stability and improving the heat resistance of the colored layer obtained from the resin composition, a resin having an acid value of 30 mgKOH / g or more and 300 mgKOH / g or less is used as the alkali-soluble resin. It is preferable.
In the present invention, the acid value represents the mass (mg) of KOH required to neutralize 1 g of solid content, and is a value determined by potentiometric titration according to JIS K 0070: 1992.
 本発明における好ましいアルカリ可溶性樹脂は、酸性基としてカルボキシ基を有する樹脂であり、具体的には、カルボキシ基を有するアクリル系共重合体、カルボキシ基を有するエポキシ(メタ)アクリレート系樹脂、カルボキシ基を有するポリアミドイミド樹脂等が挙げられる。
 これらの中で特に好ましいものは、側鎖にカルボキシ基を有するとともに、さらに側鎖にエチレン性不飽和結合基等の光重合性官能基を有するものである。光重合性官能基を含有することにより形成される硬化膜の膜強度が向上するからである。上記のカルボキシ基を有する樹脂に、例えばグリシジル基、水酸基等の反応性官能基を有するエチレン性不飽和化合物を付加させるなどして、側鎖にエチレン性不飽和結合基を導入したアルカリ可溶性樹脂を得ることができる。
 また、これらカルボキシ基を有するアクリル系共重合体、カルボキシ基を有するエポキシアクリレート樹脂、及びカルボキシ基を有するポリアミドイミド樹脂からなる群から選択されるアルカリ可溶性樹脂は、2種以上混合して使用してもよい。
A preferred alkali-soluble resin in the present invention is a resin having a carboxy group as an acidic group, specifically, an acrylic copolymer having a carboxy group, an epoxy (meth) acrylate resin having a carboxy group, and a carboxy group. Examples thereof include polyamideimide resin.
Among these, particularly preferred are those having a carboxy group in the side chain and further having a photopolymerizable functional group such as an ethylenically unsaturated bond group in the side chain. This is because the film strength of the cured film formed by containing the photopolymerizable functional group is improved. An alkali-soluble resin in which an ethylenically unsaturated bond group is introduced into a side chain, for example, by adding an ethylenically unsaturated compound having a reactive functional group such as a glycidyl group or a hydroxyl group to the resin having a carboxy group. Obtainable.
In addition, two or more kinds of alkali-soluble resins selected from the group consisting of acrylic copolymers having carboxy groups, epoxy acrylate resins having carboxy groups, and polyamideimide resins having carboxy groups are used. Also good.
 カルボキシ基を有するアクリル系共重合体は、カルボキシ基含有エチレン性不飽和モノマーとこれ以外のエチレン性不飽和モノマーを共重合して得られる。 An acrylic copolymer having a carboxy group is obtained by copolymerizing a carboxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated monomer and another ethylenically unsaturated monomer.
 カルボキシ基を有するアクリル系共重合体の具体例としては、例えば、特開2013-029832号公報に記載のものを挙げることができ、具体的には、例えば、メチル(メタ)アクリレート、エチル(メタ)アクリレート、スチレン等のカルボキシ基を有しないエチレン性不飽和モノマーと、(メタ)アクリル酸及びその無水物から選ばれる1種以上とからなるコポリマーを例示できる。また、上記のコポリマーに、例えばグリシジル基、水酸基等の反応性官能基を有するエチレン性不飽和化合物を付加させるなどして、エチレン性不飽和結合を導入したポリマー等も例示できるが、これらに限定されるものではない。 Specific examples of the acrylic copolymer having a carboxy group include those described in JP 2013-029832 A, and specific examples thereof include, for example, methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) Examples thereof include a copolymer comprising an ethylenically unsaturated monomer having no carboxy group such as acrylate and styrene, and one or more selected from (meth) acrylic acid and anhydrides thereof. In addition, for example, a polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated bond introduced by adding an ethylenically unsaturated compound having a reactive functional group such as a glycidyl group or a hydroxyl group to the above copolymer can be exemplified, but the present invention is not limited thereto. Is not to be done.
 カルボキシ基を有しないモノマーとしては、炭化水素環を有することが好ましい。着色層内に嵩高い炭化水素環が含まれることにより、得られた着色層の耐溶剤性、耐熱性が高くなる。
 このような炭化水素環としては、置換基を有していてもよい脂肪族炭化水素環、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素環、及びこれらの組み合わせが挙げられ、炭化水素環がアルキル基、カルボニル基、カルボキシ基、オキシカルボニル基、アミド基、水酸基、ニトロ基、アミノ基、ハロゲン原子等の置換基を有していてもよい。
 炭化水素環は、1価の基として含まれていても良いし、2価以上の基として含まれていても良い。
The monomer having no carboxy group preferably has a hydrocarbon ring. By including a bulky hydrocarbon ring in the colored layer, the solvent resistance and heat resistance of the obtained colored layer are increased.
Examples of such hydrocarbon rings include aliphatic hydrocarbon rings that may have a substituent, aromatic hydrocarbon rings that may have a substituent, and combinations thereof. May have a substituent such as an alkyl group, a carbonyl group, a carboxy group, an oxycarbonyl group, an amide group, a hydroxyl group, a nitro group, an amino group, or a halogen atom.
The hydrocarbon ring may be contained as a monovalent group or a divalent or higher group.
 炭化水素環の具体例としては、シクロプロパン、シクロブタン、シクロペンタン、シクロヘキサン、ノルボルナン、トリシクロ[5.2.1.0(2,6)]デカン(ジシクロペンタン)、アダマンタン等の脂肪族炭化水素環;ベンゼン、ナフタレン、アントラセン、フェナントレン、フルオレン等の芳香族炭化水素環;ビフェニル、ターフェニル、ジフェニルメタン、トリフェニルメタン、スチルベン等の鎖状多環や、カルド構造(9,9-ジアリールフルオレン)等が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the hydrocarbon ring include aliphatic hydrocarbons such as cyclopropane, cyclobutane, cyclopentane, cyclohexane, norbornane, tricyclo [5.2.1.0 (2,6)] decane (dicyclopentane), and adamantane. Ring: aromatic hydrocarbon ring such as benzene, naphthalene, anthracene, phenanthrene, fluorene, etc .; chain polycycle such as biphenyl, terphenyl, diphenylmethane, triphenylmethane, stilbene, cardo structure (9,9-diarylfluorene), etc. Is mentioned.
 炭化水素環として、脂肪族炭化水素環を含む場合には、着色層の耐熱性や密着性が向上すると共に、得られた着色層の輝度が向上する点から好ましい。 When an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring is included as the hydrocarbon ring, it is preferable from the viewpoint of improving the heat resistance and adhesion of the colored layer and improving the luminance of the obtained colored layer.
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂は、2つ以上の環が2以上の原子を共有した構造を有する脂肪族炭化水素環である、架橋環式炭化水素環を有するのも好ましい。
 架橋環式炭化水素環の具体例としては、ノルボルナン、イソボルナン、アダマンタン、トリシクロ[5.2.1.0(2,6)]デカン、トリシクロ[5.2.1.0(2,6)]デセン、トリシクロペンテン、トリシクロペンタン、トリシクロペンタジエン、ジシクロペンタジエン;これらの基の一部が置換基によって置換された基が挙げられる。
 上記置換基としては、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルキルシクロアルキル基、水酸基、カルボニル基、ニトロ基、アミノ基、ハロゲン原子等が挙げられる。
The alkali-soluble resin preferably has a bridged cyclic hydrocarbon ring, which is an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring having a structure in which two or more rings share two or more atoms.
Specific examples of the bridged cyclic hydrocarbon ring include norbornane, isobornane, adamantane, tricyclo [5.2.1.0 (2,6)] decane, tricyclo [5.2.1.0 (2,6)]. Decene, tricyclopentene, tricyclopentane, tricyclopentadiene, dicyclopentadiene; groups in which a part of these groups are substituted with a substituent are mentioned.
Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkylcycloalkyl group, a hydroxyl group, a carbonyl group, a nitro group, an amino group, and a halogen atom.
 架橋環式炭化水素環の炭素数は、他の材料との相溶性やアルカリ現像液に対する溶解性の観点から、下限は5以上が好ましく、7以上が特に好ましい。上限は、12以下が好ましく、10以下が特に好ましい。 The lower limit of the number of carbon atoms in the crosslinked cyclic hydrocarbon ring is preferably 5 or more, and particularly preferably 7 or more, from the viewpoint of compatibility with other materials and solubility in an alkali developer. The upper limit is preferably 12 or less, and particularly preferably 10 or less.
 カルボキシ基含有共重合体におけるカルボキシ基含有エチレン性不飽和モノマーの共重合割合は、通常、5~50質量%、好ましくは10~40質量%である。この場合、カルボキシ基含有エチレン性不飽和モノマーの共重合割合が5質量%未満では、得られる塗膜のアルカリ現像液に対する溶解性が低下し、パターン形成が困難になる。また、共重合割合が50質量%を超えると、アルカリ現像液による現像時に、形成されたパターンの基板からの脱落やパターン表面の膜荒れを来しやすくなる傾向がある。 The copolymerization ratio of the carboxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated monomer in the carboxy group-containing copolymer is usually 5 to 50% by mass, preferably 10 to 40% by mass. In this case, when the copolymerization ratio of the carboxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated monomer is less than 5% by mass, the solubility of the resulting coating film in an alkaline developer is lowered, and pattern formation becomes difficult. On the other hand, when the copolymerization ratio exceeds 50% by mass, there is a tendency that the formed pattern is easily dropped from the substrate or the pattern surface is roughened during development with an alkali developer.
 カルボキシ基含有共重合体の酸価としては、30mgKOH/g以上200mgKOH/g以下であることが好ましく、50mgKOH/g以上150mgKOH/g以下であることが更に好ましく、60mgKOH/g以上120mgmgKOH/g以下であることがより更に好ましい。
 カルボキシ基含有共重合体の好ましい重量平均分子量(Mw)は、好ましくは1,000~50,000の範囲であり、さらに好ましくは3,000~20,000である。1,000未満では硬化後のバインダー機能が著しく低下する場合があり、50,000を超えるとアルカリ現像液による現像時に、パターン形成が困難となる場合がある。
 なお、アルカリ可溶性樹脂の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、ポリスチレンを標準物質とし、THFを溶離液としてショウデックスGPCシステム-21H(Shodex GPC System-21H)により測定することができる。
The acid value of the carboxy group-containing copolymer is preferably 30 mgKOH / g or more and 200 mgKOH / g or less, more preferably 50 mgKOH / g or more and 150 mgKOH / g or less, and 60 mgKOH / g or more and 120 mgmgKOH / g or less. Even more preferably.
The preferred weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the carboxy group-containing copolymer is preferably in the range of 1,000 to 50,000, more preferably 3,000 to 20,000. If it is less than 1,000, the binder function after curing may be remarkably lowered. If it exceeds 50,000, pattern formation may be difficult during development with an alkali developer.
The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the alkali-soluble resin can be measured by a Shodex GPC System-21H using polystyrene as a standard substance and THF as an eluent.
 カルボキシ基を有するエポキシ(メタ)アクリレート樹脂としては、特に限定されるものではないが、エポキシ化合物と不飽和基含有モノカルボン酸との反応物を酸無水物と反応させて得られるエポキシ(メタ)アクリレート化合物が適している。
 前記カルボキシ基を有するエポキシ(メタ)アクリレート樹脂の酸価としては、30mgKOH/g以上200mgKOH/g以下であることが好ましく、50mgKOH/g以上150mgKOH/g以下であることが更に好ましく、60mgKOH/g以上120mgmgKOH/g以下であることがより更に好ましい。
 カルボキシ基を有するエポキシ(メタ)アクリレート樹脂を調製するエポキシ化合物、不飽和基含有モノカルボン酸、及び酸無水物は、公知のものの中から適宜選択して用いることができる。
Although it does not specifically limit as an epoxy (meth) acrylate resin which has a carboxy group, Epoxy (meth) obtained by making the reaction product of an epoxy compound and unsaturated group containing monocarboxylic acid react with an acid anhydride. Acrylate compounds are suitable.
The acid value of the epoxy (meth) acrylate resin having a carboxy group is preferably 30 mgKOH / g or more and 200 mgKOH / g or less, more preferably 50 mgKOH / g or more and 150 mgKOH / g or less, and 60 mgKOH / g or more. More preferably, it is 120 mgmgKOH / g or less.
The epoxy compound, the unsaturated group-containing monocarboxylic acid, and the acid anhydride for preparing the epoxy (meth) acrylate resin having a carboxy group can be appropriately selected from known ones.
 また、カルボキシ基を有するポリアミドイミド樹脂としては、特に限定されるものではないが、現像性の点から、90mgKOH/g以上であることが好ましく、更に110mgKOH/g以上であることが好ましく、より更に130mgKOH/g以上であることが好ましい。一方、カルボキシ基を有するポリアミドイミド樹脂の酸価は、水染みの抑制及び着色樹脂組成物の安定性が優れる点から、300KOHmg/g以下であることが好ましく、更に250KOHmg/g以下であることが好ましい。 Further, the polyamideimide resin having a carboxy group is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of developability, it is preferably 90 mgKOH / g or more, more preferably 110 mgKOH / g or more, and still more. It is preferable that it is 130 mgKOH / g or more. On the other hand, the acid value of the polyamideimide resin having a carboxy group is preferably 300 KOHmg / g or less, and more preferably 250 KOHmg / g or less, from the viewpoint of suppression of water stain and excellent stability of the colored resin composition. preferable.
 カルボキシ基を有するポリアミドイミド樹脂としては、輝度及びコントラストが向上した着色層を形成可能で、良好な現像性を有し且つ現像後の水染み発生が抑制されたカラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物とし易い点から、下記一般式(A)で表される繰り返し単位を有するポリアミドイミド樹脂であることが好ましい。 As a polyamide-imide resin having a carboxy group, it is possible to form a colored layer with improved brightness and contrast, easily develop a colored resin composition for a color filter having good developability and suppressing occurrence of water stain after development. From the viewpoint, it is preferably a polyamideimide resin having a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (A).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
(一般式(A)において、Raはそれぞれ独立に、2価の脂肪族ジイソシアネート類の残基を表し、Rbは、下記一般式(B1)、(B2)又は(B3)で表される構造単位であり、Rcは、下記一般式(C1)、(C2)、(C3)、(C4)、(C5)、(C6)、(C7)、(C8)、(C9)、又は(C10)で表される構造単位である。ポリアミドイミド樹脂中に存在する複数のRa、Rb及びRcは、それぞれ同一であっても異なっていても良い。Rbの少なくとも1つは下記一般式(B1)又は(B2)で表される構造単位であり、Rc及び樹脂末端の少なくとも1つにおいて酸性基を含む。nは繰り返し単位数を表し、1以上である。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
(In the general formula (A), each Ra independently represents a residue of a divalent aliphatic diisocyanate, and Rb is a structural unit represented by the following general formula (B1), (B2) or (B3) Rc is represented by the following general formula (C1), (C2), (C3), (C4), (C5), (C6), (C7), (C8), (C9), or (C10). The plurality of Ra, Rb and Rc present in the polyamideimide resin may be the same or different, and at least one of Rb is represented by the following general formula (B1) or ( B2) is a structural unit and includes an acidic group in at least one of Rc and the resin terminal, n represents the number of repeating units and is 1 or more.)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
(一般式(B1)、(B2)、(B3)、(C1)、(C2)、(C3)、(C4)、(C5)、(C6)、(C7)、(C8)、(C9)、及び(C10)において、Rdはそれぞれ独立に、炭素数6~20の置換基を有しても良い芳香族若しくは脂肪族トリカルボン酸残基又はテトラカルボン酸残基である。Reはそれぞれ独立に、アルコール化合物から水酸基を除いた残基を表す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
(General formulas (B1), (B2), (B3), (C1), (C2), (C3), (C4), (C5), (C6), (C7), (C8), (C9) And (C10), each Rd is independently an aromatic or aliphatic tricarboxylic acid residue or tetracarboxylic acid residue which may have a substituent having 6 to 20 carbon atoms. Represents a residue obtained by removing a hydroxyl group from an alcohol compound.)
 前記一般式(A)で表される繰り返し単位における脂肪族ジイソシアネート類の残基、炭素数6~20の置換基を有しても良い芳香族若しくは脂肪族トリカルボン酸残基又はテトラカルボン酸残基等は、脂肪族ジイソシアネート類や、炭素数6~20の置換基を有しても良い芳香族若しくは脂肪族トリカルボン酸又はテトラカルボン酸を適宜選択して導入されれば良い。下記の例示に限定されるものではない。 Residues of aliphatic diisocyanates, aromatic or aliphatic tricarboxylic acid residues or tetracarboxylic acid residues which may have a substituent having 6 to 20 carbon atoms in the repeating unit represented by the general formula (A) May be introduced by appropriately selecting aliphatic diisocyanates, aromatic or aliphatic tricarboxylic acids or tetracarboxylic acids which may have a substituent having 6 to 20 carbon atoms. It is not limited to the following examples.
 2価の脂肪族ジイソシアネート類としては、線状脂肪族ジイソシアネート類、環式脂肪族ジイソシアネート類が挙げられ、例えば、ヘキサメチレンジイソシアネート(HDI)、トリメチルヘキサメチレンジイソシアネート(HTMDI)、イソホロンジイソシアネート(IPDI)、4,4’-ジシクロヘキシルメタンジイソシアネート、水添トリレンジイソシアネート(HTDI)、水添キシレンジイソシアネート(HXDI)、ノルボルナンジイソシアネート(NBDI)、水添ジフェニルメタンジイソシアネート等が挙げられる。Raは、中でもそれぞれ独立に、2価の環式脂肪族ジイソシアネート類の残基であることが、着色層の輝度をより向上し、且つ水染み発生を抑制する点から好ましい。Raは、中でも、イソホロンジイソシアネートの残基であることが、着色層の輝度をより向上し、且つ水染み発生を抑制する点から好ましい。 Examples of the divalent aliphatic diisocyanates include linear aliphatic diisocyanates and cycloaliphatic diisocyanates. For example, hexamethylene diisocyanate (HDI), trimethylhexamethylene diisocyanate (HTMDI), isophorone diisocyanate (IPDI), Examples include 4,4′-dicyclohexylmethane diisocyanate, hydrogenated tolylene diisocyanate (HTDI), hydrogenated xylene diisocyanate (HXDI), norbornane diisocyanate (NBDI), hydrogenated diphenylmethane diisocyanate, and the like. In particular, each Ra is preferably a residue of a divalent cycloaliphatic diisocyanate from the viewpoint of further improving the brightness of the colored layer and suppressing the occurrence of water stain. Among them, Ra is preferably a residue of isophorone diisocyanate from the viewpoint of further improving the luminance of the colored layer and suppressing the occurrence of water stain.
 炭素数6~20の置換基を有しても良い芳香族トリカルボン酸無水物としては、例えば、無水トリメリット酸、ナフタレン-1,2,4-トリカルボン酸無水物等が挙げられる。また、炭素数6~20の置換基を有しても脂肪族トリカルボン酸無水物としては、線状脂肪族トリカルボン酸無水物、環式脂肪族トリカルボン酸無水物が挙げられ、例えば、プロパントリカルボン酸無水物、シクロヘキサントリカルボン酸無水物、メチルシクロヘキサントリカルボン酸無水物、シクロヘキセントリカルボン酸無水物、メチルシクロヘキセントリカルボン酸無水物等が挙げられる。
 また、炭素数6~20の置換基を有しても良い芳香族若しくは脂肪族テトラカルボン酸無水物としては、例えば、ピロメリット酸二無水物、ベンゾフェノン-3,3’,4,4’-テトラカルボン酸二無水物、シクロヘキサン-1,2,4,5-テトラカルボン酸二無水物等が挙げられる。
Examples of the aromatic tricarboxylic acid anhydride which may have a substituent having 6 to 20 carbon atoms include trimellitic anhydride and naphthalene-1,2,4-tricarboxylic acid anhydride. Examples of the aliphatic tricarboxylic acid anhydride having a substituent having 6 to 20 carbon atoms include linear aliphatic tricarboxylic acid anhydrides and cyclic aliphatic tricarboxylic acid anhydrides, such as propane tricarboxylic acid. Anhydride, cyclohexanetricarboxylic acid anhydride, methylcyclohexanetricarboxylic acid anhydride, cyclohexentricarboxylic acid anhydride, methylcyclohexentricarboxylic acid anhydride and the like can be mentioned.
Examples of the aromatic or aliphatic tetracarboxylic anhydride that may have a substituent having 6 to 20 carbon atoms include pyromellitic dianhydride, benzophenone-3,3 ′, 4,4′- Examples thereof include tetracarboxylic dianhydride and cyclohexane-1,2,4,5-tetracarboxylic dianhydride.
 前記一般式(A)で表される繰り返し単位を有するポリアミドイミド樹脂は、例えば、国際公開第2015/008744号を参照することにより調製することができる。 The polyamideimide resin having a repeating unit represented by the general formula (A) can be prepared by referring to, for example, International Publication No. 2015/008744.
 前記ポリアミドイミド樹脂が、不飽和二重結合基を含有することが、輝度及びコントラストが向上した着色層を形成可能で、更に着色層の残膜率が向上する点から好ましい。前記ポリアミドイミド樹脂が有するカルボキシル基に、例えばグリシジル基、水酸基等の反応性官能基を有するエチレン性不飽和化合物を付加させるなどして、エチレン性不飽和結合基を導入することができる。 It is preferable that the polyamide-imide resin contains an unsaturated double bond group from the viewpoint that a colored layer with improved luminance and contrast can be formed and the remaining film ratio of the colored layer is further improved. An ethylenically unsaturated bond group can be introduced, for example, by adding an ethylenically unsaturated compound having a reactive functional group such as a glycidyl group or a hydroxyl group to the carboxyl group of the polyamideimide resin.
 本発明に用いられるアルカリ可溶性樹脂としては、カルボキシ基を有するポリアミドイミド樹脂を含有することが、中でも、前記一般式(A)で表される繰り返し単位を有するポリアミドイミド樹脂を含有することが、位相差の絶対値を低減し易い点から好ましい。
 また、本発明に用いられるアルカリ可溶性樹脂としては、酸価が50KOHmg/g以上のアクリル系共重合体と、前記カルボキシ基を有するポリアミドイミド樹脂とを含有することが、位相差の絶対値を低減しながら、輝度及びコントラストが向上した着色層を形成可能で、更に着色樹脂組成物の経時安定性と溶剤再溶解性が向上する点から好ましい。
The alkali-soluble resin used in the present invention may contain a polyamideimide resin having a carboxy group, and in particular, may contain a polyamideimide resin having a repeating unit represented by the general formula (A). This is preferable because the absolute value of the phase difference can be easily reduced.
In addition, the alkali-soluble resin used in the present invention contains an acrylic copolymer having an acid value of 50 KOHmg / g or more and the polyamide-imide resin having the carboxy group, thereby reducing the absolute value of the retardation. However, it is preferable from the viewpoint that a colored layer with improved brightness and contrast can be formed, and that the temporal stability and solvent resolubility of the colored resin composition are improved.
 カラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物において用いられるアルカリ可溶性樹脂は、1種単独で用いてもよいし、2種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよく、その含有量としては特に制限はないが、カラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物の固形分全量に対してアルカリ可溶性樹脂は好ましくは5~60質量%、さらに好ましくは10~40質量%の範囲内である。アルカリ可溶性樹脂の含有量が上記下限値よりも少ないと、充分なアルカリ現像性が得られない場合があり、また、アルカリ可溶性樹脂の含有量が上記上限値よりも多いと、現像時に膜荒れやパターンの欠けが発生する場合がある。尚、本発明において固形分は、上述した溶剤以外のもの全てであり、液状の多官能モノマー等も含まれる。 The alkali-soluble resin used in the colored resin composition for color filters may be used alone or in combination of two or more, and the content is not particularly limited, but for color filters. The alkali-soluble resin is preferably in the range of 5 to 60% by mass, more preferably 10 to 40% by mass, based on the total solid content of the colored resin composition. If the content of the alkali-soluble resin is less than the above lower limit, sufficient alkali developability may not be obtained, and if the content of the alkali-soluble resin is more than the above upper limit, the film may be rough during development. Pattern chipping may occur. In the present invention, the solid content is everything except the above-mentioned solvent, and includes a liquid polyfunctional monomer.
<モノマー>
 カラーフィルタ用着色脂組成物において用いられるモノマーは、後述する光開始剤によって重合可能なものであればよく、特に限定されず、通常、エチレン性不飽和二重結合を有する化合物が用いられ、特にアクリロイル基又はメタクリロイル基を有することが好ましい。また、エチレン性不飽和二重結合を2個以上有する多官能(メタ)アクリレートを含むことが好ましい。
 このような多官能(メタ)アクリレートとしては、従来公知のものの中から適宜選択して用いればよい。具体例としては、例えば、特開2013-029832号公報に記載のもの等が挙げられる。
<Monomer>
The monomer used in the colored fat composition for a color filter is not particularly limited as long as it can be polymerized by a photoinitiator described later, and usually a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated double bond is used. It preferably has an acryloyl group or a methacryloyl group. Moreover, it is preferable that the polyfunctional (meth) acrylate which has 2 or more of ethylenically unsaturated double bonds is included.
Such polyfunctional (meth) acrylate may be appropriately selected from conventionally known ones. Specific examples include those described in JP2013-029832A.
 これらの(メタ)アクリレートは1種を単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。また、本発明のカラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物に優れた光硬化性(高感度)が要求される場合には、多官能モノマーが、重合可能な二重結合を3つ(三官能)以上有するものであるものが好ましく、3価以上の多価アルコールのポリ(メタ)アクリレート類やそれらのジカルボン酸変性物が好ましく、具体的には、トリメチロールプロパントリ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールトリ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールトリ(メタ)アクリレートのコハク酸変性物、ペンタエリスリトールテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールペンタ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールペンタ(メタ)アクリレートのコハク酸変性物、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレート等が好ましい。なかでもジペンタエリスリトールペンタ(メタ)アクリレートのコハク酸変性物、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレート等が特に好ましい。 These (meth) acrylates may be used alone or in combination of two or more. Moreover, when the photocurability (high sensitivity) is requested | required of the colored resin composition for color filters of this invention, a polyfunctional monomer has three (trifunctional) or more of the double bond which can superpose | polymerize. Preferred are poly (meth) acrylates of polyhydric alcohols having a valence of 3 or more and their dicarboxylic acid modified products. Specifically, trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tri (meta) ) Acrylate, modified succinic acid of pentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate Dipentaeri modified from succinic acid Ritoruhekisa (meth) acrylate are preferable. Of these, dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate modified with succinic acid, dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate, and the like are particularly preferable.
 カラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物において用いられる上記モノマーの含有量は、特に制限はないが、カラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物の固形分全量に対してモノマーは好ましくは5~60質量%、さらに好ましくは10~40質量%の範囲内である。モノマーの含有量が上記下限値より少ないと十分に光硬化が進まず、露光部分が現像時に溶出する場合があり、また、モノマーの含有量が上記上限値より多いとアルカリ現像性が低下するおそれがある。 The content of the monomer used in the colored resin composition for color filters is not particularly limited, but the monomer is preferably 5 to 60% by mass, more preferably based on the total solid content of the colored resin composition for color filter. It is within the range of 10 to 40% by mass. If the monomer content is less than the above lower limit, photocuring will not proceed sufficiently, and the exposed part may be eluted during development, and if the monomer content is greater than the above upper limit, alkali developability may be reduced. There is.
 また、特に顔料濃度が高い場合は、現像溶解性を向上させるために、さらにアルキレンオキシド変性モノマーを含有することが好ましい、具体的には、トリメチロールプロパンPO変性トリアクリレート、トリメチロールプロパンEO変性トリアクリレート、イソシアヌル酸EO変性トリアクリレート、ジグリセリンEO変性アクリレート等が挙げられる。その中でも特にジグリセリンEO変性アクリレート、トリメチロールプロパンEO変性トリアクリレートが好ましい。
 なお、「EO変性」とはエチレンオキシドユニット(-CH-CH-O-)のブロック構造を有することを意味し、「PO変性」とはプロピレンオキシドユニット(-CH-CH(CH)-O-)のブロック構造を有することを意味する。
上記アルキレンオキシド変性モノマーの添加量は、適宜調整可能であるが、モノマー全量に対して5~100質量%の範囲で添加することが現像溶解性と硬化性のバランスの面から好ましい。
In particular, when the pigment concentration is high, it is preferable to further contain an alkylene oxide-modified monomer in order to improve the development solubility. Specifically, trimethylolpropane PO-modified triacrylate, trimethylolpropane EO-modified triacrylate Examples thereof include acrylate, isocyanuric acid EO-modified triacrylate, and diglycerin EO-modified acrylate. Of these, diglycerin EO-modified acrylate and trimethylolpropane EO-modified triacrylate are particularly preferable.
“EO-modified” means having a block structure of ethylene oxide units (—CH 2 —CH 2 —O—), and “PO-modified” means propylene oxide units (—CH 2 —CH (CH 3 )). -O-) having a block structure.
The addition amount of the alkylene oxide-modified monomer can be adjusted as appropriate, but it is preferably added in the range of 5 to 100% by mass with respect to the total amount of monomers from the viewpoint of the balance between development solubility and curability.
<開始剤>
 カラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物において用いられる光開始剤としては、特に制限はなく、従来知られている各種光開始剤の中から、1種又は2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。具体例としては、例えば、特開2013-029832号公報に記載のもの等が挙げられる。
 光開始剤としては、1種のみ用いてもよいが、2種以上の化合物を併用してもよい。光開始剤としては、中でも、パターンの欠け発生の抑制効果、及び水染み発生抑制効果が高い点から、オキシムエステル系光開始剤を含むことが好ましい。酸価を有する分散剤を用いると、特に水染みが発生し易い傾向があるが、オキシムエステル系光開始剤を組み合わせると水染み発生を抑制できる点から好適に用いられる。なお、水染みとは、アルカリ現像後、純水でリンスした後に、水が染みたような跡が発生するこの現象をいう。このような水染みは、ポストベーク後に消えるので製品としては問題がないが、現像後にパターニング面の外観検査において、ムラ異常として検出されてしまい、正常品と異常品の区別がつかないという問題が生じる。そのため、外観検査において検査装置の検査感度を下げると、結果として最終的なカラーフィルタ製品の歩留まり低下を引き起こし、問題となる。
<Initiator>
There is no restriction | limiting in particular as a photoinitiator used in the colored resin composition for color filters, It can use combining 1 type (s) or 2 or more types from the conventionally well-known various photoinitiators. Specific examples include those described in JP2013-029832A.
As a photoinitiator, only 1 type may be used, but you may use 2 or more types of compounds together. As the photoinitiator, it is preferable to include an oxime ester photoinitiator from the viewpoints of the effect of suppressing the occurrence of pattern chipping and the effect of suppressing the occurrence of water stain. When a dispersant having an acid value is used, water stain tends to occur particularly. However, when an oxime ester photoinitiator is combined, it is preferably used since water stain can be suppressed. The water stain refers to this phenomenon in which a trace of water stain is generated after rinsing with pure water after alkali development. Such a water stain disappears after post-baking, so there is no problem as a product. Arise. Therefore, if the inspection sensitivity of the inspection apparatus is lowered in the appearance inspection, the yield of the final color filter product is lowered as a result, which becomes a problem.
 当該オキシムエステル系光開始剤としては、分解物によるカラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物の汚染や装置の汚染を低減する点から、中でも、芳香環を有するものが好ましく、芳香環を含む縮合環を有するものがより好ましく、ベンゼン環とヘテロ環を含む縮合環を有することがさらに好ましい。
 オキシムエステル系光開始剤としては、1,2-オクタジオン-1-[4-(フェニルチオ)-、2-(o-ベンゾイルオキシム)]、エタノン,1-[9-エチル-6-(2-メチルベンゾイル)-9H-カルバゾール-3-イル]-,1-(o-アセチルオキシム)、特開2000-80068号公報、特開2001-233842号公報、特表2010-527339、特表2010-527338、特開2013-041153等に記載のオキシムエステル系光開始剤の中から適宜選択できる。市販品として、カルバゾール骨格を有するイルガキュアOXE-01、イルガキュアOXE-02、イルガキュアOXE-03(以上、BASF社製)、アデカアークルズN-1919、アデカアークルズNCI-831(以上、ADEKA社製)、TR-PBG-304、TR-PBG-326(以上、常州強力電子新材料社製)、ジフェニルスルフィド骨格を有するアデカアークルズNCI-930(ADEKA社製)、TR-PBG-345、TR-PBG-3057(以上、常州強力電子新材料社製)、フルオレン骨格を有するTR-PBG-365(常州強力電子新材料社製)などを用いても良い。
As the oxime ester-based photoinitiator, those having an aromatic ring are preferable from the viewpoint of reducing contamination of the colored resin composition for color filters and degradation of the apparatus due to decomposition products, and having condensed rings including aromatic rings. More preferred are those having a condensed ring containing a benzene ring and a heterocycle.
Examples of oxime ester photoinitiators include 1,2-octadion-1- [4- (phenylthio)-, 2- (o-benzoyloxime)], ethanone, 1- [9-ethyl-6- (2-methyl) Benzoyl) -9H-carbazol-3-yl]-, 1- (o-acetyloxime), JP 2000-80068 A, JP 2001-233842 A, Special Table 2010-527339, Special Table 2010-527338, It can be appropriately selected from oxime ester photoinitiators described in JP2013-041153A. As commercially available products, Irgacure OXE-01 having a carbazole skeleton, Irgacure OXE-02, Irgacure OXE-03 (above, manufactured by BASF), Adeka Arcles N-1919, Adeka Arcles NCI-831 (above, made by ADEKA) TR-PBG-304, TR-PBG-326 (manufactured by Changzhou Strong Electronic New Materials Co., Ltd.), Adeka Arcles NCI-930 (manufactured by ADEKA) having a diphenyl sulfide skeleton, TR-PBG-345, TR-PBG -3057 (manufactured by Changzhou Strong Electronic New Materials Co., Ltd.), TR-PBG-365 (manufactured by Changzhou Strong Electronic New Materials Co., Ltd.) having a fluorene skeleton, etc. may be used.
 特にジフェニルスルフィド骨格又はフルオレン骨格を有するオキシムエステル系光開始剤を用いることが輝度の点から好ましい。またカルバゾール骨格を有するオキシムエステル系光開始剤を用いることが感度の高い点から好ましい。
 またオキシムエステル系光開始剤を2種類以上併用することは、現像耐性が向上しやすく、水染み発生抑制効果が高い点で好ましい。特にジフェニルスルフィド骨格を有するオキシムエステル系光開始剤2種類の併用又は、ジフェニルスルフィド骨格を有するオキシムエステル系光開始剤とフルオレン骨格を有するオキシムエステル系光開始剤を併用することは輝度が高くなりやすく、耐熱性が高い点から好ましい。また、カルバゾール骨格を有するオキシムエステル系光開始剤と、フルオレン骨格を有するオキシムエステル系光開始剤又はジフェニルスルフィドを有するオキシムエステル系光開始剤を併用することは感度、輝度に優れる点で好ましい。
In particular, it is preferable to use an oxime ester photoinitiator having a diphenyl sulfide skeleton or a fluorene skeleton from the viewpoint of luminance. It is preferable to use an oxime ester photoinitiator having a carbazole skeleton from the viewpoint of high sensitivity.
Moreover, it is preferable to use two or more kinds of oxime ester photoinitiators in terms of easily improving development resistance and having a high effect of suppressing the occurrence of water stain. In particular, two types of oxime ester photoinitiators having a diphenyl sulfide skeleton or a combination of an oxime ester photoinitiator having a diphenyl sulfide skeleton and an oxime ester photoinitiator having a fluorene skeleton tend to increase the brightness. From the viewpoint of high heat resistance. In addition, it is preferable to use an oxime ester photoinitiator having a carbazole skeleton in combination with an oxime ester photoinitiator having a fluorene skeleton or an oxime ester photoinitiator having diphenyl sulfide in terms of excellent sensitivity and luminance.
 また、オキシムエステル系光開始剤に、3級アミン構造を有する光開始剤を組み合わせて用いることが、感度向上の点から、好ましい。3級アミン構造を有する光開始剤は、分子内に酸素クエンチャーである3級アミン構造を有するため、開始剤から発生したラジカルが酸素により失活し難く、感度を向上させることができるからである。上記3級アミン構造を有する光開始剤の市販品としては、例えば、2-メチル-1-(4-メチルチオフェニル)-2-モルフォリノプロパン-1-オン(例えばイルガキュア907、BASF社製)、2-ベンジル-2-(ジメチルアミノ)-1-(4-モルフォリノフェニル)-1-ブタノン(例えばイルガキュア369、BASF社製)、4,4’-ビス(ジエチルアミノ)ベンゾフェノン(例えば、ハイキュアABP、川口薬品製)などが挙げられる。 In addition, it is preferable to use a photoinitiator having a tertiary amine structure in combination with the oxime ester photoinitiator from the viewpoint of improving sensitivity. Since the photoinitiator having a tertiary amine structure has a tertiary amine structure that is an oxygen quencher in the molecule, radicals generated from the initiator are hardly deactivated by oxygen, and sensitivity can be improved. is there. Examples of commercially available photoinitiators having the tertiary amine structure include 2-methyl-1- (4-methylthiophenyl) -2-morpholinopropan-1-one (for example, Irgacure 907, manufactured by BASF), 2-benzyl-2- (dimethylamino) -1- (4-morpholinophenyl) -1-butanone (eg Irgacure 369, manufactured by BASF), 4,4′-bis (diethylamino) benzophenone (eg Hycure ABP, Kawaguchi Pharmaceutical).
 カラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物において用いられる光開始剤の含有量は、特に制限はないが、カラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物の固形分全量に対して光開始剤は好ましくは0.1~12質量%、さらに好ましくは0.6~8質量%の範囲内である。この含有量が上記下限値より少ないと十分に光硬化が進まず、露光部分が現像時に溶出する場合があり、一方上記上限値より多いと、得られる着色層の黄変性が強くなって輝度が低下する場合がある。 The content of the photoinitiator used in the colored resin composition for a color filter is not particularly limited, but the photoinitiator is preferably 0.1 to 12 mass with respect to the total solid content of the colored resin composition for the color filter. %, More preferably in the range of 0.6 to 8% by weight. If this content is less than the above lower limit, the photocuring will not proceed sufficiently, and the exposed part may be eluted during development, while if it exceeds the above upper limit, the yellowing of the resulting colored layer will become strong and the luminance will be high. May decrease.
<溶剤>
 本発明に用いられる溶剤としては、着色樹脂組成物中の各成分とは反応せず、これらを溶解もしくは分散可能な有機溶剤であればよく、特に限定されない。溶剤は単独もしくは2種以上組み合わせて使用することができる。
 溶剤の具体例としては、例えば、メチルアルコール、エチルアルコール、N-プロピルアルコール、i-プロピルアルコール、メトキシアルコール、エトキシアルコールなどのアルコール系溶剤;メトキシエトキシエタノール、エトキシエトキシエタノールなどのカルビトール系溶剤;酢酸エチル、酢酸ブチル、メトキシプロピオン酸メチル、メトキシプロピオン酸エチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル、乳酸エチル、ヒドロキシプロピオン酸メチル、ヒドロキシプロピオン酸エチル、n-ブチルアセテート、イソブチルアセテート、酪酸イソブチル、酪酸n-ブチル、乳酸エチル、シクロヘキサノールアセテートなどのエステル系溶剤;アセトン、メチルエチルケトン、メチルイソブチルケトン、シクロヘキサノン、2-ヘプタノンなどのケトン系溶剤;メトキシエチルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(PGMEA)、3-メトキシ-3-メチル-1-ブチルアセテート、3-メトキシブチルアセテート、エトキシエチルアセテートなどのグリコールエーテルアセテート系溶剤;メトキシエトキシエチルアセテート、エトキシエトキシエチルアセテート、ブチルカルビトールアセテート(BCA)などのカルビトールアセテート系溶剤;プロピレングリコールジアセテート、1,3-ブチレングリコールジアセテート等のジアセテート類;エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、エチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールジエチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールジメチルエーテルなどのグリコールエーテル系溶剤;N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド、N,N-ジメチルアセトアミド、N-メチルピロリドンなどの非プロトン性アミド溶剤;γ-ブチロラクトンなどのラクトン系溶剤;テトラヒドロフランなどの環状エーテル系溶剤;ベンゼン、トルエン、キシレン、ナフタレンなどの不飽和炭化水素系溶剤;N-ヘプタン、N-ヘキサン、N-オクタンなどの飽和炭化水素系溶剤;トルエン、キシレン等の芳香族炭化水素類などの有機溶剤が挙げられる。これらの溶剤の中ではグリコールエーテルアセテート系溶剤、カルビトールアセテート系溶剤、グリコールエーテル系溶剤、エステル系溶剤が他の成分の溶解性の点で好適に用いられる。中でも、本発明に用いる溶剤としては、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(PGMEA)、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ブチルカルビトールアセテート(BCA)、3-メトキシ-3-メチル-1-ブチルアセテート、3-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル、乳酸エチル、及び、3-メトキシブチルアセテートよりなる群から選択される1種以上であることが、他の成分の溶解性や塗布適性の点から好ましい。
 本発明においては、中でも沸点が150℃~200℃の高沸点溶剤として3-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル、酢酸-3-メトキシ-3-メチルブチルなどを好適に用いることができ、顔料濃度30%以上の際には、上記高沸点溶剤を溶剤全体の0~40質量%含有することが好ましく、0~30質量%含有することがより好ましい。高沸点溶剤の含有量が上記範囲であると再溶解性が向上することで、顔料が高濃度でも現像性や再溶解性が良好になる効果がある。
<Solvent>
The solvent used in the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it is an organic solvent that does not react with each component in the colored resin composition and can dissolve or disperse them. A solvent can be used individually or in combination of 2 or more types.
Specific examples of the solvent include alcohol solvents such as methyl alcohol, ethyl alcohol, N-propyl alcohol, i-propyl alcohol, methoxy alcohol, and ethoxy alcohol; carbitol solvents such as methoxyethoxyethanol and ethoxyethoxyethanol; Ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, methyl methoxypropionate, ethyl methoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl lactate, methyl hydroxypropionate, ethyl hydroxypropionate, n-butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, isobutyl butyrate, n-butyrate Ester solvents such as butyl, ethyl lactate, cyclohexanol acetate; acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, cyclohexanone, 2-heptanone Ketone solvents such as: methoxyethyl acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA), glycol ether acetate solvents such as 3-methoxy-3-methyl-1-butyl acetate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, ethoxyethyl acetate; methoxyethoxy Carbitol acetate solvents such as ethyl acetate, ethoxyethoxyethyl acetate, butyl carbitol acetate (BCA); diacetates such as propylene glycol diacetate and 1,3-butylene glycol diacetate; ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol mono Ethyl ether, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl Glycol ether solvents such as ether, diethylene glycol diethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, dipropylene glycol dimethyl ether; aprotic amide solvents such as N, N-dimethylformamide, N, N-dimethylacetamide, N-methylpyrrolidone; γ- Lactone solvents such as butyrolactone; Cyclic ether solvents such as tetrahydrofuran; Unsaturated hydrocarbon solvents such as benzene, toluene, xylene and naphthalene; Saturated hydrocarbon solvents such as N-heptane, N-hexane and N-octane; Examples thereof include organic solvents such as aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene and xylene. Among these solvents, glycol ether acetate solvents, carbitol acetate solvents, glycol ether solvents, and ester solvents are preferably used from the viewpoint of solubility of other components. Among them, as the solvent used in the present invention, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA), propylene glycol monomethyl ether, butyl carbitol acetate (BCA), 3-methoxy-3-methyl-1-butyl acetate, 3-ethoxypropionic acid One or more selected from the group consisting of ethyl, ethyl lactate, and 3-methoxybutyl acetate is preferable from the viewpoints of solubility of other components and applicability.
In the present invention, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, 3-methoxy-3-methylbutyl acetate and the like can be preferably used as the high boiling point solvent having a boiling point of 150 ° C. to 200 ° C., and the pigment concentration is 30% or more. In this case, the high boiling point solvent is preferably contained in an amount of 0 to 40% by mass, more preferably 0 to 30% by mass, based on the total amount of the solvent. When the content of the high-boiling solvent is in the above range, the re-solubility is improved, so that there is an effect that the developability and the re-solubility are improved even when the pigment concentration is high.
<任意添加成分>
 カラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物には、必要に応じて各種添加剤を含むものであってもよい。
 添加剤としては、例えば、酸化防止剤の他、重合停止剤、連鎖移動剤、レベリング剤、可塑剤、界面活性剤、消泡剤、シランカップリング剤、紫外線吸収剤、密着促進剤等などが挙げられる。
 また、本発明の効果を損なわない範囲で、染料等の色材を含有してもよい。
<Optional components>
The colored resin composition for a color filter may contain various additives as necessary.
Examples of the additive include an antioxidant, a polymerization terminator, a chain transfer agent, a leveling agent, a plasticizer, a surfactant, an antifoaming agent, a silane coupling agent, an ultraviolet absorber, and an adhesion promoter. Can be mentioned.
Moreover, you may contain coloring materials, such as dye, in the range which does not impair the effect of this invention.
 本発明のカラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物は、更に酸化防止剤を含有することが、耐熱性の点から好ましい。酸化防止剤は従来公知のものの中から適宜選択すればよい。酸化防止剤の具体例としては、例えば、ヒンダードフェノール系酸化防止剤、アミン系酸化防止剤、リン系酸化防止剤、硫黄系酸化防止剤、ヒドラジン系酸化防止剤等が挙げられ、耐熱性の点から、ヒンダードフェノール系酸化防止剤を用いることが好ましい。国際公開第2014/021023号に記載されているような潜在性酸化防止剤であっても良い。 It is preferable from the viewpoint of heat resistance that the colored resin composition for a color filter of the present invention further contains an antioxidant. The antioxidant may be appropriately selected from conventionally known antioxidants. Specific examples of antioxidants include, for example, hindered phenol antioxidants, amine antioxidants, phosphorus antioxidants, sulfur antioxidants, hydrazine antioxidants, and the like. From the viewpoint, it is preferable to use a hindered phenol-based antioxidant. It may be a latent antioxidant as described in WO2014 / 021023.
 ヒンダードフェノール系酸化防止剤としては、例えば、ペンタエリトリトールテトラキス[3-(3,5-ジ-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオナート](商品名:商品名:IRGANOX1010、BASF社製)、1,3,5-トリス(3,5-ジ-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシベンジル)イソシアヌレート(商品名:イルガノックス3114、BASF製)、2,4,6-トリス(4-ヒドロキシ-3,5-ジ-tert-ブチルベンジル)メシチレン(商品名:イルガノックス1330、BASF製)、2,2’-メチレンビス(6-tert-ブチル-4-メチルフェノール)(商品名:スミライザーMDP-S、住友化学製)、6,6’-チオビス(2-tert-ブチル-4-メチルフェノール)(商品名:イルガノックス1081、BASF製)、3,5-ジ-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシベンジルホスホン酸ジエチル(商品名:イルガモド195、BASF製)等が挙げられる。中でも、耐熱性及び耐光性の点から、ペンタエリトリトールテトラキス[3-(3,5-ジ-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオナート](商品名:商品名:IRGANOX1010、BASF社製)が好ましい。 As the hindered phenol-based antioxidant, for example, pentaerythritol tetrakis [3- (3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate] (trade name: trade name: IRGANOX 1010, manufactured by BASF), 1,3,5-tris (3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl) isocyanurate (trade name: Irganox 3114, manufactured by BASF), 2,4,6-tris (4-hydroxy-3 , 5-di-tert-butylbenzyl) mesitylene (trade name: Irganox 1330, manufactured by BASF), 2,2′-methylenebis (6-tert-butyl-4-methylphenol) (trade name: Sumilyzer MDP-S, Manufactured by Sumitomo Chemical Co., Ltd., 6,6'-thiobis (2-tert-butyl-4-methylphenol) (Trade name: Irganox 1081, manufactured by BASF), 3,5-di -tert- butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl phosphonic acid diethyl (trade name: Irugamodo 195, manufactured by BASF), and the like. Among them, pentaerythritol tetrakis [3- (3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate] (trade name: trade name: IRGANOX1010, manufactured by BASF) is preferable from the viewpoint of heat resistance and light resistance. .
 本発明のカラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物は、感光性着色樹脂組成物として、前記オキシムエステル系光開始剤と、酸化防止剤とを組み合わせて含有すると、相乗効果で、現像時のえぐれ、それに伴う、現像時のカケ、ハガレが更に生じ難くなり、斜め方向から着色層を見た時の光の乱反射による色ムラが更に発生し難くなる点から好ましい。本発明のカラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物は、前記赤色顔料を含有することから顔料濃度が高くなる傾向があり、上記のような問題が発生し易い点から組み合わせて含有することが好ましい。 The colored resin composition for a color filter of the present invention contains, as a photosensitive colored resin composition, a combination of the oxime ester photoinitiator and an antioxidant with a synergistic effect, and during development, accompany it. It is preferable from the viewpoint that chipping and peeling during development are less likely to occur, and color unevenness due to irregular reflection of light when the colored layer is viewed from an oblique direction is further less likely to occur. The colored resin composition for a color filter of the present invention contains the red pigment, so that the pigment concentration tends to be high, and it is preferable that the colored resin composition is combined in view of the above-described problem.
 酸化防止剤の含有量としては、着色樹脂組成物中の全固形分100質量部に対して、酸化防止剤が0.1質量部以上10.0質量部以下であることが好ましく、0.5質量部以上5.0質量部以下であることがより好ましい。上記下限値以上であれば、耐熱性及び耐光性に優れている。一方、上記上限値以下であれば、本発明の着色樹脂組成物を高感度の感光性樹脂組成物とすることができる。 As content of antioxidant, it is preferable that antioxidant is 0.1 mass part or more and 10.0 mass part or less with respect to 100 mass parts of total solids in a colored resin composition, 0.5 It is more preferable that the amount is not less than 5.0 parts by mass. If it is more than the said lower limit, it is excellent in heat resistance and light resistance. On the other hand, if it is below the said upper limit, the colored resin composition of this invention can be made into a highly sensitive photosensitive resin composition.
 酸化防止剤を前記オキシムエステル系光開始剤と組み合わせて用いる場合、酸化防止剤の含有量としては、前記オキシムエステル系光開始剤の合計量100質量部に対して、酸化防止剤が1質量部以上250質量部以下であることが好ましく、3質量部以上80質量部以下であることがより好ましく、5質量部以上45質量部以下であることがより更に好ましい。上記範囲内であれば、上記組み合わせの効果に優れている。 When the antioxidant is used in combination with the oxime ester photoinitiator, the content of the antioxidant is 1 part by mass of the antioxidant with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total amount of the oxime ester photoinitiator. The amount is preferably 250 parts by mass or less, more preferably 3 parts by mass or more and 80 parts by mass or less, and still more preferably 5 parts by mass or more and 45 parts by mass or less. If it is in the said range, it is excellent in the effect of the said combination.
 界面活性剤及び可塑剤の具体例としては、例えば、特開2013-029832号公報に記載のものが挙げられる。
 また、染料としては、公知の染料の中から適宜選択して用いることができ、具体例として、アゾ染料、アントラキノン染料、トリフェニルメタン染料、キサンテン染料、フタロシアニン染料、インジゴ染料等が挙げられる。
Specific examples of the surfactant and the plasticizer include those described in JP2013-029832A.
Moreover, as a dye, it can select suitably from well-known dyes and can use it, and an azo dye, an anthraquinone dye, a triphenylmethane dye, a xanthene dye, a phthalocyanine dye, an indigo dye etc. are mentioned as a specific example.
<カラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物における各成分の配合割合>
 顔料の合計の含有量は、カラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物の固形分全量に対して、3~65質量%、より好ましくは4~60質量%の割合で配合することが好ましい。
上記下限値以上であれば、カラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物を所定の膜厚(通常は1.0~5.0μm)に塗布した際の着色層が充分な色濃度を有する。また、上記上限値以下であれば、保存安定性に優れると共に、充分な硬度や、基板との密着性を有する着色層を得ることができる。特に顔料濃度が高い着色層を形成する場合には、顔料の含有量は、カラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物の固形分全量に対して、15~65質量%、より好ましくは25~60質量%の割合で配合することが好ましい。
 また、分散剤の含有量としては、顔料を均一に分散することができるものであれば特に限定されるものではないが、例えば、カラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物の固形分全量に対して1~40質量%用いることができる。更に、カラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物の固形分全量に対して2~30質量%の割合で配合するのが好ましく、特に3~25質量%の割合で配合するのが好ましい。上記下限値以上であれば、顔料の分散性及び分散安定性に優れ、カラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物の保存安定性により優れている。また、上記上限値以下であれば、現像性が良好なものとなる。特に顔料濃度が高い着色層を形成する場合には、分散剤の含有量は、カラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物の固形分全量に対して、2~25質量%、より好ましくは3~20質量%の割合で配合することが好ましい。なお、分散剤の質量は、塩型ブロック共重合体の場合、塩形成前の前記ブロック共重合体と、上記一般式(I)~(III)よりなる群から選択される1種以上の化合物との合計の質量である。
 また、溶剤の含有量は、着色層を精度良く形成することができる範囲で適宜設定すればよい。該溶剤を含むカラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物の全量に対して、通常、55~95質量%の範囲内であることが好ましく、中でも、65~88質量%の範囲内であることがより好ましい。上記溶剤の含有量が、上記範囲内であることにより、塗布性に優れたものとすることができる。
<Combination ratio of each component in the colored resin composition for color filter>
The total pigment content is preferably 3 to 65 mass%, more preferably 4 to 60 mass%, based on the total solid content of the colored resin composition for color filters.
If it is not less than the above lower limit, the colored layer has a sufficient color density when the colored resin composition for a color filter is applied to a predetermined film thickness (usually 1.0 to 5.0 μm). Moreover, if it is below the said upper limit, while being excellent in storage stability, the colored layer which has sufficient hardness and adhesiveness with a board | substrate can be obtained. When a colored layer having a particularly high pigment concentration is formed, the pigment content is 15 to 65% by mass, more preferably 25 to 60% by mass, based on the total solid content of the colored resin composition for color filters. It is preferable to mix | blend in a ratio.
Further, the content of the dispersant is not particularly limited as long as it can uniformly disperse the pigment. For example, the content of the dispersant is from 1 to the total solid content of the colored resin composition for a color filter. 40% by mass can be used. Further, it is preferably blended in a proportion of 2 to 30% by mass, particularly preferably 3 to 25% by mass, based on the total solid content of the colored resin composition for color filters. If it is more than the said lower limit, it is excellent in the dispersibility and dispersion stability of a pigment, and is excellent in the storage stability of the colored resin composition for color filters. Moreover, if it is below the said upper limit, developability will become favorable. Particularly when a colored layer having a high pigment concentration is formed, the content of the dispersant is 2 to 25% by mass, more preferably 3 to 20% by mass, based on the total solid content of the color resin composition for color filters. It is preferable to mix | blend in the ratio. In the case of a salt type block copolymer, the mass of the dispersing agent is one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of the block copolymer before salt formation and the above general formulas (I) to (III) And the total mass.
Moreover, what is necessary is just to set content of a solvent suitably in the range which can form a colored layer accurately. Usually, it is preferably in the range of 55 to 95% by mass, more preferably in the range of 65 to 88% by mass, based on the total amount of the colored resin composition for color filters containing the solvent. When the content of the solvent is within the above range, the coating property can be excellent.
<カラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物の着色層>
 本発明において第一のカラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物は、当該着色樹脂組成物の着色層を形成したときに、C光源を使用して測色したJIS Z8701:1999のXYZ表色系における色度座標が、x=0.630~0.665、y=0.326~0.335の範囲にあり、且つ、着色層の厚み方向における波長620nmの光の位相差(Rth)が-30nm以上120nm以下である。
 中でも、色再現性を向上する点から、x=0.640~0.665、y=0.326~0.335の範囲にある硬化膜を形成可能であることが好ましく、x=0.650~0.665、y=0.326~0.335の範囲にある硬化膜を形成可能であることが更に好ましい。
 中でも、着色層の厚み方向における波長620nmの光の位相差(Rth)は-30nm以上60nm以下であることが好ましく、-20nm以上45nm以下であることが更に好ましく、-10nm以上20nm以下であることがより更に好ましい。
 また、当該着色層のコントラストは、4000以上が好ましく、5000以上がより好ましく、6000以上が更により好ましい。前記化学式(1-1)で表される赤色顔料を用いることにより、色度(x,y)が、0.630≦x≦0.665、0.326≦y≦0.335の範囲にて位相差の増加が少なく、輝度やコントラストを高くすることができる。
<Colored layer of colored resin composition for color filter>
In the present invention, the first colored resin composition for color filter has the chromaticity in the XYZ color system of JIS Z8701: 1999 measured using a C light source when the colored layer of the colored resin composition is formed. The coordinates are in the range of x = 0.630 to 0.665, y = 0.326 to 0.335, and the phase difference (Rth) of light with a wavelength of 620 nm in the thickness direction of the colored layer is −30 nm to 120 nm It is as follows.
Among these, from the viewpoint of improving color reproducibility, it is preferable that a cured film in the range of x = 0.640 to 0.665 and y = 0.326 to 0.335 can be formed, and x = 0.650. More preferably, it is possible to form a cured film in the range of ˜0.665 and y = 0.326 to 0.335.
In particular, the phase difference (Rth) of light having a wavelength of 620 nm in the thickness direction of the colored layer is preferably from −30 nm to 60 nm, more preferably from −20 nm to 45 nm, and from −10 nm to 20 nm. Is even more preferable.
The contrast of the colored layer is preferably 4000 or more, more preferably 5000 or more, and even more preferably 6000 or more. By using the red pigment represented by the chemical formula (1-1), the chromaticity (x, y) is in the range of 0.630 ≦ x ≦ 0.665 and 0.326 ≦ y ≦ 0.335. The increase in the phase difference is small, and the brightness and contrast can be increased.
 本発明において第二のカラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物は、前記顔料が、更に、前記一般式(1)で表される赤色顔料とは異なる赤色顔料、オレンジ色顔料、及び、黄色顔料より選択される1種以上の顔料を含み、当該着色樹脂組成物の着色層を形成したときに、C光源を使用して測色したJIS Z8701:1999のXYZ表色系における色度座標が、x=0.630~0.665、y=0.295~0.360の範囲にあり、且つ、着色層の厚み方向における波長620nmの光の位相差(Rth)が-30nm以上120nm以下である。
 中でも、色再現性を向上する点から、x=0.630~0.665、y=0.315~0.340の範囲にある硬化膜を形成可能であることが好ましく、x=0.640~0.665、y=0.315~0.335の範囲にある硬化膜を形成可能であることが更に好ましい。
 中でも、着色層の厚み方向における波長620nmの光の位相差(Rth)は-30nm以上60nm以下であることが好ましく、-20nm以上45nm以下であることが更に好ましく、0nm以上10nm以下であることがより更に好ましい。
 また、当該着色層のコントラストは、4000以上が好ましく、5000以上がより好ましく、6000以上が更により好ましい。前記化学式(1-1)で表される赤色顔料を用いることにより、色度(x,y)が、0.630≦x≦0.665、0.295≦y≦0.360の範囲にて位相差の増加が少なく、輝度やコントラストを高くすることができる。
In the present invention, the second colored resin composition for color filter, the pigment is further selected from a red pigment, an orange pigment, and a yellow pigment different from the red pigment represented by the general formula (1). When the colored layer of the colored resin composition is formed, the chromaticity coordinate in the XYZ color system of JIS Z8701: 1999 measured using a C light source is x = 0. The phase difference (Rth) of light having a wavelength of 620 nm in the thickness direction of the colored layer is in the range of −30 nm to 120 nm.
Among these, from the viewpoint of improving color reproducibility, it is preferable that a cured film in the range of x = 0.630 to 0.665 and y = 0.315 to 0.340 can be formed, and x = 0.640. More preferably, it is possible to form a cured film in the range of .about.0.665 and y = 0.315 to 0.335.
In particular, the phase difference (Rth) of light having a wavelength of 620 nm in the thickness direction of the colored layer is preferably −30 nm to 60 nm, more preferably −20 nm to 45 nm, and more preferably 0 nm to 10 nm. Even more preferred.
The contrast of the colored layer is preferably 4000 or more, more preferably 5000 or more, and even more preferably 6000 or more. By using the red pigment represented by the chemical formula (1-1), the chromaticity (x, y) is in the range of 0.630 ≦ x ≦ 0.665 and 0.295 ≦ y ≦ 0.360. The increase in the phase difference is small, and the brightness and contrast can be increased.
 また、着色層の厚みは0.5~5μmとすることが好ましく、特に1~3μmとすることが好ましい。 Further, the thickness of the colored layer is preferably 0.5 to 5 μm, and particularly preferably 1 to 3 μm.
 本発明において着色層のリタデーション(Rth)は、例えば、位相差層測定装置(AXOMETRICS社製AxoscanTM Mueller Matrix Polarimeter)を用いて任意の波長における屈折率を測定し、下記式により算出することができる。
Rth=((Nx+Ny)/2-Nz)d
Nx:面内遅相軸方向の屈折率
Ny:面内進相軸方向の屈折率
Nz:厚み方向の屈折率
d:膜厚(nm)
着色層の厚みは特に限定されないが、1~3μmとして測定するのが好ましい。
In the present invention, the retardation (Rth) of the colored layer can be calculated, for example, by measuring the refractive index at an arbitrary wavelength using a retardation layer measuring apparatus (Axoscan ™ Mueller Matrix Polarimeter manufactured by AXOMETRIC).
Rth = ((Nx + Ny) / 2−Nz) d
Nx: Refractive index in the in-plane slow axis direction Ny: Refractive index in the in-plane fast axis direction Nz: Refractive index in the thickness direction d: Film thickness (nm)
The thickness of the colored layer is not particularly limited, but it is preferably measured as 1 to 3 μm.
<カラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物の製造方法>
 本発明のカラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物の製造方法は特に限定されず、例えば、前記一般式(1)で表される赤色顔料を含む顔料と、前記一般式(2)で表される構成単位を有する共重合体を含む分散剤と、溶剤とを含有する顔料分散液に、アルカリ可溶性樹脂と、モノマーと、光開始剤と、必要に応じてその他の成分を添加し、公知の混合手段を用いて混合することにより得ることができる。或いは、前記分散剤を用いて、一般式(1)で表される赤色顔料の分散液と、更に必要に応じて他の顔料の顔料分散液とを各々準備し、各分散液と、アルカリ可溶性樹脂と、モノマーと、光開始剤と、必要に応じてその他の成分を、公知の混合手段を用いて混合することにより得ることができる。
<Method for producing colored resin composition for color filter>
The production method of the colored resin composition for a color filter of the present invention is not particularly limited. For example, a pigment containing a red pigment represented by the general formula (1) and a structural unit represented by the general formula (2) Add a alkali-soluble resin, a monomer, a photoinitiator, and other components as necessary to a pigment dispersion containing a solvent containing a copolymer and a solvent, and add a known mixing means. It can be obtained by using and mixing. Alternatively, using the dispersant, a red pigment dispersion represented by the general formula (1) and, if necessary, a pigment dispersion of another pigment are prepared. The resin, the monomer, the photoinitiator, and other components as required can be obtained by mixing using a known mixing means.
 上記顔料分散液の調製方法は、前記顔料が、前記分散剤により、溶剤中に分散された顔料分散液が得られる方法であれば特に限定されない。
 分散液の調製において顔料は、従来公知の分散機を用いて分散することができる。
 分散機の具体例としては、2本ロール、3本ロール等のロールミル、ボールミル、振動ボールミル等のボールミル、ペイントコンディショナー、連続ディスク型ビーズミル、連続アニュラー型ビーズミル等のビーズミルが挙げられる。ビーズミルの好ましい分散条件として、使用するビーズ径は0.03~3.0mmが好ましく、より好ましくは0.05~2.0mmである。
 具体的には、ビーズ径が比較的大きめな2.0mmジルコニアビーズで予備分散を行い、更にビーズ径が比較的小さめな0.1mmジルコニアビーズで本分散することが挙げられる。また、分散後、0.5~2μmのフィルターで濾過することが好ましい。
The method for preparing the pigment dispersion is not particularly limited as long as the pigment is a method for obtaining a pigment dispersion dispersed in a solvent with the dispersant.
In preparing the dispersion, the pigment can be dispersed using a conventionally known disperser.
Specific examples of the dispersing machine include roll mills such as two rolls and three rolls, ball mills such as a ball mill and a vibration ball mill, bead mills such as a paint conditioner, a continuous disk type bead mill, and a continuous annular type bead mill. As a preferable dispersion condition of the bead mill, the bead diameter to be used is preferably 0.03 to 3.0 mm, more preferably 0.05 to 2.0 mm.
Specifically, preliminary dispersion is performed with 2.0 mm zirconia beads having a relatively large bead diameter, and main dispersion is further performed with 0.1 mm zirconia beads having a relatively small bead diameter. Further, after dispersion, it is preferably filtered through a 0.5 to 2 μm filter.
[カラーフィルタ]
 本発明に係るカラーフィルタは、基板と、当該基板上に設けられた着色層とを少なくとも備えるカラーフィルタであって、当該着色層の少なくとも1つが、前記本発明に係るカラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物の硬化物である着色層を有する。
[Color filter]
The color filter according to the present invention is a color filter comprising at least a substrate and a colored layer provided on the substrate, and at least one of the colored layers is a colored resin composition for a color filter according to the present invention. It has a colored layer which is a cured product.
 このような本発明に係るカラーフィルタについて、図を参照しながら説明する。図1は、本発明のカラーフィルタの一例を示す概略断面図である。図1によれば、本発明のカラーフィルタ10は、基板1と、遮光部2と、着色層3とを有している。 Such a color filter according to the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings. FIG. 1 is a schematic sectional view showing an example of the color filter of the present invention. According to FIG. 1, the color filter 10 of the present invention has a substrate 1, a light shielding part 2, and a colored layer 3.
(着色層)
 本発明のカラーフィルタに用いられる着色層は、少なくとも1つが、前記本発明に係るカラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物の硬化物、すなわち前記着色樹脂組成物を硬化させて形成されてなる着色層である。
 着色層は、通常、後述する基板上の遮光部の開口部に形成され、通常3色以上の着色パターンから構成される。
 また、当該着色層の配列としては、特に限定されず、例えば、ストライプ型、モザイク型、トライアングル型、4画素配置型等の一般的な配列とすることができる。また、着色層の幅、面積等は任意に設定することができる。
 当該着色層の厚みは、塗布方法、カラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物の固形分濃度や粘度等を調整することにより、適宜制御されるが、通常、1~5μmの範囲であることが好ましい。
(Colored layer)
At least one of the colored layers used in the color filter of the present invention is a cured product of the colored resin composition for a color filter according to the present invention, that is, a colored layer formed by curing the colored resin composition. .
The colored layer is usually formed in an opening of a light-shielding part on the substrate to be described later, and is usually composed of a colored pattern of three or more colors.
In addition, the arrangement of the colored layers is not particularly limited, and for example, a general arrangement such as a stripe type, a mosaic type, a triangle type, or a four-pixel arrangement type can be used. Moreover, the width | variety, area, etc. of a colored layer can be set arbitrarily.
The thickness of the colored layer is appropriately controlled by adjusting the coating method, the solid content concentration, the viscosity, and the like of the colored resin composition for a color filter, but is usually preferably in the range of 1 to 5 μm.
 当該着色層は、例えば、下記の方法により形成することができる。
 まず、前述した本発明のカラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物を、スプレーコート法、ディップコート法、バーコート法、ロールコート法、スピンコート法、ダイコート法などの塗布手段を用いて後述する基板上に塗布して、ウェット塗膜を形成させる。なかでもスピンコート法、ダイコート法を好ましく用いることができる。
 次いで、ホットプレートやオーブンなどを用いて、該ウェット塗膜を乾燥させたのち、これに、所定のパターンのマスクを介して露光し、アルカリ可溶性樹脂及びモノマー等を光重合反応させて硬化塗膜とする。露光に使用される光源としては、例えば低圧水
銀灯、高圧水銀灯、メタルハライドランプなどの紫外線、電子線等が挙げられる。露光量は、使用する光源や塗膜の厚みなどによって適宜調整される。
 また、露光後に重合反応を促進させるために、加熱処理を行ってもよい。加熱条件は、使用するカラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物中の各成分の配合割合や、塗膜の厚み等によって適宜選択される。
The colored layer can be formed by the following method, for example.
First, the above-described colored resin composition for a color filter of the present invention is applied onto a substrate described later using a coating means such as a spray coating method, a dip coating method, a bar coating method, a roll coating method, a spin coating method, or a die coating method. Apply to form a wet coating. Of these, spin coating and die coating can be preferably used.
Next, after the wet coating film is dried using a hot plate or oven, it is exposed through a mask having a predetermined pattern, and a cured coating film is obtained by photopolymerizing an alkali-soluble resin and a monomer. And Examples of the light source used for exposure include ultraviolet rays such as a low-pressure mercury lamp, a high-pressure mercury lamp, and a metal halide lamp, and an electron beam. The exposure amount is appropriately adjusted depending on the light source used, the thickness of the coating film, and the like.
Further, heat treatment may be performed in order to accelerate the polymerization reaction after exposure. The heating conditions are appropriately selected depending on the blending ratio of each component in the colored resin composition for the color filter to be used, the thickness of the coating film, and the like.
 次に、現像液を用いて現像処理し、未露光部分を溶解、除去することにより、所望のパターンで塗膜が形成される。現像液としては、通常、水や水溶性溶剤にアルカリを溶解させた溶液が用いられる。このアルカリ溶液には、界面活性剤などを適量添加してもよい。また、現像方法は一般的な方法を採用することができる。
 現像処理後は、通常、現像液の洗浄、カラーフィルタ用感光性着色樹脂組成物の硬化塗膜の乾燥が行われ、着色層が形成される。なお、現像処理後に、塗膜を十分に硬化させるために加熱処理を行ってもよい。加熱条件としては特に限定はなく、塗膜の用途に応じて適宜選択される。
Next, it develops using a developing solution, a coating film is formed with a desired pattern by melt | dissolving and removing an unexposed part. As the developer, a solution in which an alkali is dissolved in water or a water-soluble solvent is usually used. An appropriate amount of a surfactant or the like may be added to the alkaline solution. Further, a general method can be adopted as the developing method.
After the development treatment, usually, the developer is washed and the cured coating film of the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filter is dried to form a colored layer. In addition, you may heat-process in order to fully harden a coating film after image development processing. The heating conditions are not particularly limited and are appropriately selected depending on the application of the coating film.
(遮光部)
 本発明のカラーフィルタにおける遮光部は、後述する基板上にパターン状に形成されるものであって、一般的なカラーフィルタに遮光部として用いられるものと同様とすることができる。
 当該遮光部のパターン形状としては、特に限定されず、例えば、ストライプ状、マトリクス状等の形状が挙げられる。遮光部は、スパッタリング法、真空蒸着法等によるクロム等の金属薄膜であっても良い。或いは、遮光部は、樹脂バインダー中にカーボン微粒子、金属酸化物、無機顔料、有機顔料等の遮光性粒子を含有させた樹脂層であってもよい。遮光性粒子を含有させた樹脂層の場合には、感光性レジストを用いて現像によりパターニングする方法、遮光性粒子を含有するインクジェットインクを用いてパターニングする方法、感光性レジストを熱転写する方法等がある。
(Shading part)
The light shielding part in the color filter of the present invention is formed in a pattern on a substrate to be described later, and can be the same as that used as a light shielding part in a general color filter.
The pattern shape of the light shielding portion is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a stripe shape and a matrix shape. The light shielding part may be a metal thin film such as chromium by sputtering, vacuum deposition or the like. Alternatively, the light shielding part may be a resin layer in which light shielding particles such as carbon fine particles, metal oxides, inorganic pigments, and organic pigments are contained in a resin binder. In the case of a resin layer containing light-shielding particles, a method of patterning by development using a photosensitive resist, a method of patterning using an inkjet ink containing light-shielding particles, a method of thermally transferring the photosensitive resist, etc. is there.
 遮光部の膜厚としては、金属薄膜の場合は0.2~0.4μm程度で設定され、黒色顔料をバインダー樹脂中に分散又は溶解させたものである場合は0.5~2μm程度で設定される。 The thickness of the light shielding part is set to about 0.2 to 0.4 μm in the case of a metal thin film, and is set to about 0.5 to 2 μm in the case where a black pigment is dispersed or dissolved in a binder resin. Is done.
(基板)
 基板としては、後述する透明基板やシリコン基板、前記基板上にアルミニウム、銀、銀/銅/パラジウム合金薄膜などを形成したものが用いられる。これらの基板上には、別のカラーフィルタ層、樹脂層、TFT等のトランジスタ、回路等が形成されていてもよい。
(substrate)
As the substrate, a transparent substrate or a silicon substrate, which will be described later, or an aluminum, silver, or silver / copper / palladium alloy thin film formed on the substrate is used. On these substrates, another color filter layer, a resin layer, a transistor such as a TFT, a circuit, or the like may be formed.
 本発明のカラーフィルタにおける透明基板としては、可視光に対して透明な基材であればよく、特に限定されず、一般的なカラーフィルタに用いられる透明基板を使用することができる。具体的には、石英ガラス、無アルカリガラス、合成石英板等の可撓性のない透明なリジッド材、あるいは、透明樹脂フィルム、光学用樹脂板、フレキシブルガラス等の可撓性を有する透明なフレキシブル材が挙げられる。
 当該透明基板の厚みは、特に限定されるものではないが、本発明のカラーフィルタの用途に応じて、例えば100μm~1mm程度のものを使用することができる。
 なお、本発明のカラーフィルタは、上記基板、遮光部及び着色層以外にも、例えば、オーバーコート層や透明電極層、さらには配向膜や配向突起、柱状スペーサ等が形成されたものであってもよい。
The transparent substrate in the color filter of the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it is a base material transparent to visible light, and a transparent substrate used for a general color filter can be used. Specifically, transparent flexible rigid materials such as quartz glass, alkali-free glass, and synthetic quartz plates, or transparent flexible flexible materials such as transparent resin films, optical resin plates, and flexible glasses. Materials.
The thickness of the transparent substrate is not particularly limited, but for example, a thickness of about 100 μm to 1 mm can be used according to the use of the color filter of the present invention.
The color filter of the present invention includes, for example, an overcoat layer, a transparent electrode layer, an alignment film, an alignment protrusion, a columnar spacer, etc., in addition to the substrate, the light shielding portion, and the colored layer. Also good.
[表示装置]
 本発明に係る表示装置は、前記本発明に係るカラーフィルタを有することを特徴とする。本発明において表示装置の構成は特に限定されず、従来公知の表示装置の中から適宜選択することができ、例えば、液晶表示装置や、有機発光表示装置などが挙げられる。本発明では、横電界方式の液晶表示装置においても、緑色画素の電気的特性に起因する液晶の配向乱れ、スイッチングの閾値ずれによる焼き付き現象など、様々な表示不良が抑制されることから、液晶表示装置が好適に選択される。
[Display device]
The display device according to the present invention includes the color filter according to the present invention. In the present invention, the configuration of the display device is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately selected from conventionally known display devices, such as a liquid crystal display device and an organic light emitting display device. In the present invention, even in a horizontal electric field type liquid crystal display device, various display defects such as liquid crystal orientation disorder due to the electrical characteristics of the green pixel and image sticking phenomenon due to switching threshold deviation are suppressed. The device is preferably selected.
<液晶表示装置>
 本発明の液晶表示装置は、前述した本発明に係るカラーフィルタと、対向基板と、前記カラーフィルタと前記対向基板との間に形成された液晶層とを有することを特徴とする。
 このような本発明の液晶表示装置について、図を参照しながら説明する。図2は、本発明の表示装置の一例を示す概略図であり、液晶表示装置の一例を示す概略図である。図2に例示するように本発明の液晶表示装置40は、カラーフィルタ10と、TFTアレイ基板等を有する対向基板20と、上記カラーフィルタ10と上記対向基板20との間に形成された液晶層30とを有している。
 なお、本発明の液晶表示装置は、この図2に示される構成に限定されるものではなく、一般的にカラーフィルタが用いられた液晶表示装置として公知の構成とすることができる。
<Liquid crystal display device>
The liquid crystal display device of the present invention includes the color filter according to the present invention described above, a counter substrate, and a liquid crystal layer formed between the color filter and the counter substrate.
Such a liquid crystal display device of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings. FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram illustrating an example of a display device of the present invention, and is a schematic diagram illustrating an example of a liquid crystal display device. As illustrated in FIG. 2, the liquid crystal display device 40 of the present invention includes a color filter 10, a counter substrate 20 having a TFT array substrate and the like, and a liquid crystal layer formed between the color filter 10 and the counter substrate 20. 30.
Note that the liquid crystal display device of the present invention is not limited to the configuration shown in FIG. 2, but can be a configuration generally known as a liquid crystal display device using a color filter.
 本発明の液晶表示装置の駆動方式としては、特に限定はなく一般的に液晶表示装置に用いられている駆動方式を採用することができる。このような駆動方式としては、例えば、TN方式、IPS方式、OCB方式、及びMVA方式等を挙げることができる。本発明においてはこれらのいずれの方式であっても好適に用いることができる。
 また、対向基板としては、本発明の液晶表示装置の駆動方式等に応じて適宜選択して用いることができる。
 さらに、液晶層を構成する液晶としては、本発明の液晶表示装置の駆動方式等に応じて、誘電異方性の異なる各種液晶、及びこれらの混合物を用いることができる。
The driving method of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention is not particularly limited, and a driving method generally used for a liquid crystal display device can be employed. Examples of such a drive method include a TN method, an IPS method, an OCB method, and an MVA method. In the present invention, any of these methods can be preferably used.
Further, the counter substrate can be appropriately selected and used according to the driving method of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention.
Furthermore, as the liquid crystal constituting the liquid crystal layer, various liquid crystals having different dielectric anisotropy and mixtures thereof can be used according to the driving method of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention.
 液晶層の形成方法としては、一般に液晶セルの作製方法として用いられる方法を使用することができ、例えば、真空注入方式や液晶滴下方式等が挙げられる。 As a method for forming a liquid crystal layer, a method generally used as a method for producing a liquid crystal cell can be used, and examples thereof include a vacuum injection method and a liquid crystal dropping method.
<有機発光表示装置>
 本発明に係る有機発光表示装置は、前述した本発明に係るカラーフィルタと、有機発光体とを有することを特徴とする。
 このような本発明の有機発光表示装置について、図を参照しながら説明する。図3は、本発明の表示装置の他の一例を示す概略図であり、有機発光表示装置の一例を示す概略図である。図3に例示するように本発明の有機発光表示装置100は、カラーフィルタ10と、有機発光体80とを有している。カラーフィルタ10と、有機発光体80との間に、有機保護層50や無機酸化膜60を有していても良い。
<Organic light-emitting display device>
An organic light emitting display device according to the present invention includes the above-described color filter according to the present invention and an organic light emitter.
Such an organic light emitting display device of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings. FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram illustrating another example of the display device of the present invention, and is a schematic diagram illustrating an example of an organic light emitting display device. As illustrated in FIG. 3, the organic light emitting display device 100 of the present invention includes a color filter 10 and an organic light emitter 80. An organic protective layer 50 and an inorganic oxide film 60 may be provided between the color filter 10 and the organic light emitter 80.
 有機発光体80の積層方法としては、例えば、カラーフィルタ上面へ透明陽極71、正孔注入層72、正孔輸送層73、発光層74、電子注入層75、および陰極76を逐次形成していく方法や、別基板上へ形成した有機発光体80を無機酸化膜60上に貼り合わせる方法などが挙げられる。有機発光体80における、透明陽極71、正孔注入層72、正孔輸送層73、発光層74、電子注入層75、および陰極76、その他の構成は、公知のものを適宜用いることができる。このようにして作製された有機発光表示装置100は、例えば、パッシブ駆動方式の有機ELディスプレイにもアクティブ駆動方式の有機ELディスプレイにも適用可能である。
 なお、本発明の有機発光表示装置は、この図3に示される構成に限定されるものではなく、一般的にカラーフィルタが用いられた有機発光表示装置として公知の構成とすることができる。
As a method for laminating the organic light emitter 80, for example, the transparent anode 71, the hole injection layer 72, the hole transport layer 73, the light emitting layer 74, the electron injection layer 75, and the cathode 76 are sequentially formed on the upper surface of the color filter. Examples thereof include a method and a method in which an organic light emitter 80 formed on another substrate is bonded onto the inorganic oxide film 60. As the transparent anode 71, the hole injection layer 72, the hole transport layer 73, the light emitting layer 74, the electron injection layer 75, the cathode 76, and other configurations in the organic light emitting body 80, known structures can be appropriately used. The organic light emitting display device 100 manufactured as described above can be applied to, for example, a passive drive type organic EL display or an active drive type organic EL display.
Note that the organic light emitting display device of the present invention is not limited to the configuration shown in FIG. 3, and may be a known configuration as an organic light emitting display device that generally uses a color filter.
 以下、本発明について実施例を示して具体的に説明する。これらの記載により本発明を制限するものではない。 Hereinafter, the present invention will be specifically described with reference to examples. These descriptions do not limit the present invention.
(製造例1:分散剤Iの製造)
(1)ブロック共重合体Iの合成
 冷却管、添加用ロート、窒素用インレット、機械的攪拌機、デジタル温度計を備えた500mL丸底4口セパラブルフラスコにTHF250質量部、塩化リチウム0.6質量部を加え、充分に窒素置換を行った。反応フラスコを-60℃まで冷却した後、ブチルリチウム4.9質量部(15質量%ヘキサン溶液)、ジイソプロピルアミン1.1質量部、イソ酪酸メチル1.0質量部をシリンジを用いて注入した。Bブロック用モノマーのメタクリル酸1-エトキシエチル(EEMA)2.22質量部、2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレート(HEMA)18.7質量部、メタクリル酸2-エチルヘキシル(EHMA)12.8質量部、メタクリル酸n-ブチル(BMA)13.7質量部、メタクリル酸ベンジル(BzMA)9.5質量部、メタクリル酸メチル(MMA)17.5質量部を、添加用ロートを用いて60分かけて滴下した。30分後、Aブロック用モノマーであるメタクリル酸ジメチルアミノエチル(DMMA)26.6質量部を20分かけて滴下した。30分間反応させた後、メタノール1.5質量部を加えて反応を停止させた。得られた前駆体ブロック共重合体THF溶液はヘキサン中で再沈殿させ、濾過、真空乾燥により精製を行い、PGMEAで希釈し固形分30質量%溶液とした。水を32.5質量部加え、100℃に昇温し7時間反応させ、EEMA由来の構成単位を脱保護しメタクリル酸(MAA)由来の構成単位とした。得られたブロック共重合体PGMEA溶液はヘキサン中で再沈殿させ、濾過、真空乾燥により精製を行い、一般式(2)で表される構成単位を含むAブロックとカルボキシ基含有モノマー由来の構成単位を含み親溶剤性を有するBブロックとを含むブロック共重合体Iを得た。このようにして得られたブロック共重合体Iを、GPC(ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィー)にて確認したところ、重量平均分子量Mwは7730であった。
(Production Example 1: Production of Dispersant I)
(1) Synthesis of block copolymer I 250 parts by mass of THF and 0.6 parts by mass of lithium chloride in a 500 mL round bottom four-neck separable flask equipped with a cooling tube, an addition funnel, an inlet for nitrogen, a mechanical stirrer, and a digital thermometer Part was added, and nitrogen substitution was performed sufficiently. After cooling the reaction flask to −60 ° C., 4.9 parts by mass of butyllithium (15% by mass hexane solution), 1.1 parts by mass of diisopropylamine and 1.0 part by mass of methyl isobutyrate were injected using a syringe. B block monomer 1-ethoxyethyl methacrylate (EEMA) 2.22 parts by mass, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate (HEMA) 18.7 parts by mass, 2-ethylhexyl methacrylate (EHMA) 12.8 parts by mass, methacrylic acid 13.7 parts by mass of n-butyl (BMA), 9.5 parts by mass of benzyl methacrylate (BzMA), and 17.5 parts by mass of methyl methacrylate (MMA) were added dropwise using an addition funnel over 60 minutes. After 30 minutes, 26.6 parts by mass of dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate (DMMA), which is a monomer for the A block, was added dropwise over 20 minutes. After reacting for 30 minutes, 1.5 parts by mass of methanol was added to stop the reaction. The obtained precursor block copolymer THF solution was reprecipitated in hexane, purified by filtration and vacuum drying, diluted with PGMEA to obtain a solid content solution of 30% by mass. 32.5 parts by mass of water was added, the temperature was raised to 100 ° C., and the mixture was allowed to react for 7 hours. The structural unit derived from EEMA was deprotected to obtain a structural unit derived from methacrylic acid (MAA). The obtained block copolymer PGMEA solution is reprecipitated in hexane, purified by filtration and vacuum drying, and a structural unit derived from a block containing a structural unit represented by the general formula (2) and a carboxy group-containing monomer And a block copolymer I containing B block having solvophilicity. The block copolymer I thus obtained was confirmed by GPC (gel permeation chromatography). The weight average molecular weight Mw was 7730.
(2)塩型ブロック共重合体I(分散剤I)の合成
 100mL丸底フラスコ中でPGMEA42.12質量部に、ブロック共重合体Iを10.0質量部溶解し、前記一般式(III)で表される化合物であるフェニルホスホン酸(東京化成製)0.53質量部(前記一般式(III)で表される化合物がブロック共重合体IのDMMAユニット1モルに対し、0.20モル)加え、反応温度30℃で20時間攪拌することにより、固形分20質量%の塩型ブロック共重合体I(分散剤I)溶液を得た。
(2) Synthesis of salt type block copolymer I (dispersant I) In 100 mL round bottom flask, 10.0 parts by mass of block copolymer I was dissolved in 42.12 parts by mass of PGMEA, and the above general formula (III) 0.53 parts by mass of a phenylphosphonic acid (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) (the compound represented by the general formula (III) is 0.20 mol per 1 mol of the DMMA unit of the block copolymer I). In addition, by stirring for 20 hours at a reaction temperature of 30 ° C., a salt type block copolymer I (dispersant I) solution having a solid content of 20% by mass was obtained.
(製造例2:分散剤IIの製造)
 製造例1において、モノマーの量を下表1のように変更した以外は、製造例1と同様にして、塩型ブロック共重合体II(分散剤II)を得た。
(Production Example 2: Production of Dispersant II)
In Production Example 1, a salt type block copolymer II (dispersant II) was obtained in the same manner as in Production Example 1 except that the amount of the monomer was changed as shown in Table 1 below.
(製造例3:分散剤IIIの製造)
 製造例1において、ブロック共重合体Iを合成する代わりに、Disperbyk LPN6919(ビックケミー社製、アクリル分散剤、固形分60%)(アミン価120mgKOH/g,固形分60質量%)を準備した。次いで、製造例1の(2)において、ブロック共重合体Iの代わりに前記LPN6919を用いた以外は、製造例1の(2)と同様にして、塩型ブロック共重合体III(分散剤III)を得た。
(Production Example 3: Production of Dispersant III)
Instead of synthesizing the block copolymer I in Production Example 1, Disperbyk LPN6919 (manufactured by Big Chemie, acrylic dispersant, solid content 60%) (amine value 120 mgKOH / g, solid content 60% by mass) was prepared. Subsequently, salt type block copolymer III (dispersant III) was prepared in the same manner as in (2) of Production Example 1 except that LPN6919 was used in place of block copolymer I in Production Example 1 (2). )
(製造例4:分散剤IVの製造)
 製造例1の(1)において、モノマーの種類及び量を下表1のように変更した以外は、製造例1の(1)と同様にして、ブロック共重合体IVを得た。次いで、100mL丸底フラスコ中で、PGMEA  42.56 質量部にブロック共重合体IV  10.0 質量部を溶解させ、塩形成成分である塩化ベンジル(関東化学(株)社製)を  0.64 質量部(ブロック共重合体のDMMAユニットに対し、  0.3 当量)加え、反応温度80℃で12時間攪拌することにより、固形分20質量%の塩型ブロック共重合体溶液IVを調製した。
(Production Example 4: Production of Dispersant IV)
A block copolymer IV was obtained in the same manner as in Production Example 1 (1) except that in Example 1 (1), the type and amount of the monomer were changed as shown in Table 1 below. Next, in a 100 mL round bottom flask, 10.0 mass parts of block copolymer IV was dissolved in 42.56 mass parts of PGMEA, and benzyl chloride (manufactured by Kanto Chemical Co., Ltd.) as a salt forming component was 0.64. Mass part (0.3 equivalent with respect to the DMMA unit of a block copolymer) was added, and it stirred at the reaction temperature of 80 degreeC for 12 hours, and prepared the salt type block copolymer solution IV of 20 mass% of solid content.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000045
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000045
 なお、表1中の各略号は以下のとおりである。
MAA        メタクリル酸
HEMA       2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレート
EHMA       メタクリル酸2-エチルヘキシル
BMA        メタクリル酸n-ブチル
BzMA       メタクリル酸ベンジル
MMA        メタクリル酸メチル
DMMA       メタクリル酸ジメチルアミノエチル
In addition, each abbreviation in Table 1 is as follows.
MAA methacrylic acid HEMA 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate EHMA 2-ethylhexyl methacrylate BMA n-butyl methacrylate BzMA benzyl methacrylate MMA methyl methacrylate DMMA dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate
(製造例5:アルカリ可溶性樹脂Aの製造)
 BzMA 40質量部、MMA 15質量部、MAA 25質量部、及びアゾイソブチロニトリル(AIBN) 3質量部の混合液を、PGMEA 150質量部を入れた重合槽中に、窒素気流下、100℃で、3時間かけて滴下した。滴下終了後、更に100℃で、3時間加熱し、重合体溶液を得た。この重合体溶液の重量平均分子量は、7000であった。
 次に、得られた重合体溶液に、グリシジルメタクリレート(GMA) 20質量部、トリエチルアミン0.2質量部、及びp-メトキシフェノール0.05質量部を添加し、110℃で10時間加熱することにより、主鎖メタクリル酸のカルボン酸基と、グリシジルメタクリレートのエポキシ基との反応を行ない、アルカリ可溶性樹脂A溶液を得た。反応中は、グリシジルメタクリレートの重合を防ぐために、反応溶液中に、空気をバブリングさせた。尚、反応は溶液の酸価を測定することで追跡した。得られたアルカリ可溶性樹脂A溶液は、BzMA、MMA、MAAの共重合により形成された主鎖にGMAを用いてエチレン性二重結合を有する側鎖を導入した樹脂であり、固形分40質量%、酸価74mgKOH/g、重量平均分子量12000であった。 
(Production Example 5: Production of alkali-soluble resin A)
A mixture of 40 parts by mass of BzMA, 15 parts by mass of MMA, 25 parts by mass of MAA, and 3 parts by mass of azoisobutyronitrile (AIBN) was placed in a polymerization tank containing 150 parts by mass of PGMEA at 100 ° C. in a nitrogen stream. And dropped over 3 hours. After completion of dropping, the mixture was further heated at 100 ° C. for 3 hours to obtain a polymer solution. The weight average molecular weight of this polymer solution was 7000.
Next, 20 parts by mass of glycidyl methacrylate (GMA), 0.2 parts by mass of triethylamine, and 0.05 parts by mass of p-methoxyphenol are added to the obtained polymer solution and heated at 110 ° C. for 10 hours. The carboxylic acid group of the main chain methacrylic acid and the epoxy group of glycidyl methacrylate were reacted to obtain an alkali-soluble resin A solution. During the reaction, air was bubbled through the reaction solution in order to prevent polymerization of glycidyl methacrylate. The reaction was followed by measuring the acid value of the solution. The obtained alkali-soluble resin A solution is a resin in which a side chain having an ethylenic double bond is introduced into the main chain formed by copolymerization of BzMA, MMA, and MAA using GMA and has a solid content of 40% by mass. The acid value was 74 mgKOH / g, and the weight average molecular weight was 12,000.
(製造例6:アルカリ可溶性樹脂Bの製造)
 スチレン(St)15質量部、メタクリル酸シクロヘキシル(CHMA) 5質量部、MMA 23.9質量部、MAA 26.9質量部、及びアゾイソブチロニトリル(AIBN) 3質量部の混合液を、PGMEA 150質量部を入れた重合槽中に、窒素気流下、100℃で、3時間かけて滴下した。滴下終了後、更に100℃で、3時間加熱し、重合体溶液を得た。
 次に、得られた重合体溶液に、グリシジルメタクリレート(GMA)29.2質量部、トリエチルアミン0.2質量部、及びp-メトキシフェノール0.05質量部を添加し、110℃で10時間加熱することにより、主鎖メタクリル酸のカルボン酸基と、グリシジルメタクリレートのエポキシ基との反応を行ない、アルカリ可溶性樹脂B溶液を得た。反応中は、グリシジルメタクリレートの重合を防ぐために、反応溶液中に、空気をバブリングさせた。尚、反応は溶液の酸価を測定することで追跡した。得られたアルカリ可溶性樹脂B溶液は、St、CHMA、MMA、MAAの共重合により形成された主鎖にGMAを用いてエチレン性二重結合を有する側鎖を導入した樹脂であり、固形分40質量%、酸価77mgKOH/g、重量平均分子量17600であった。 
(Production Example 6: Production of alkali-soluble resin B)
A mixed solution of 15 parts by mass of styrene (St), 5 parts by mass of cyclohexyl methacrylate (CHMA), 23.9 parts by mass of MMA, 26.9 parts by mass of MAA, and 3 parts by mass of azoisobutyronitrile (AIBN) was added to PGMEA. It dropped in the polymerization tank which put 150 mass parts in 3 hours at 100 degreeC under nitrogen stream. After completion of dropping, the mixture was further heated at 100 ° C. for 3 hours to obtain a polymer solution.
Next, 29.2 parts by mass of glycidyl methacrylate (GMA), 0.2 part by mass of triethylamine, and 0.05 part by mass of p-methoxyphenol are added to the obtained polymer solution and heated at 110 ° C. for 10 hours. Thus, the carboxylic acid group of the main chain methacrylic acid and the epoxy group of glycidyl methacrylate were reacted to obtain an alkali-soluble resin B solution. During the reaction, air was bubbled through the reaction solution in order to prevent polymerization of glycidyl methacrylate. The reaction was followed by measuring the acid value of the solution. The obtained alkali-soluble resin B solution is a resin in which a side chain having an ethylenic double bond is introduced into the main chain formed by copolymerization of St, CHMA, MMA, and MAA using GMA. It was mass%, acid value 77 mgKOH / g, and weight average molecular weight 17600.
(製造例7:アルカリ可溶性樹脂C(ポリアミドイミド樹脂)の製造)
 撹拌装置、温度計、コンデンサーを付けたフラスコにPGMEA1086質量部、IPDI3N(イソホロンジイソシアネートから合成されたイソシアヌレート型トリイソシアネート:NCO%=17.2)を587.3質量部(0.80モル部)およびシクロヘキサン-1,3,4-トリカルボン酸-3,4-無水物499.1質量部(2.52モル部)を加え、140℃まで昇温した。反応は、発泡とともに進行した。この温度で8時間反応させた。系内は淡黄色の液体となり、赤外スペクトルにて特性吸収を測定した結果、イソシアネート基の特性吸収である2270cm-1が完全に消滅し、1780cm-1、1720cm-1にイミド基の吸収が確認された。
 110℃まで降温した後、p-メトキシフェノール1.2質量部、メタクリル酸グリシジル(GMA)153.5質量部(1.08モル部)、トリエチルアミン9.6質量部を加え110℃で15時間付加反応させた。赤外スペクトルにて特性吸収を測定した結果、酸無水物基の特性吸収である1860cm-1の吸収が完全に消失した。酸価は、固形分換算で、148KOHmg/gで、分子量はポリスチレン換算で数平均分子量5000であった。また、樹脂分の濃度は51.3質量%であった。これをアルカリ可溶性樹脂C溶液とした。得られたアルカリ可溶性樹脂C溶液は、カルボキシ基を有するポリアミドイミド樹脂であってGMAを用いてエチレン性二重結合を有する側鎖を導入した樹脂である。
(Production Example 7: Production of alkali-soluble resin C (polyamideimide resin))
In a flask equipped with a stirrer, a thermometer and a condenser, 108.6 parts by mass of PGMEA, 587.3 parts by mass (0.80 mol part) of IPDI3N (isocyanurate type triisocyanate synthesized from isophorone diisocyanate: NCO% = 17.2) Further, 499.1 parts (2.52 moles) of cyclohexane-1,3,4-tricarboxylic acid-3,4-anhydride was added, and the temperature was raised to 140 ° C. The reaction proceeded with foaming. The reaction was carried out at this temperature for 8 hours. As a result of measuring the characteristic absorption in the infrared spectrum, 2270 cm −1 , which is the characteristic absorption of the isocyanate group, completely disappeared, and the absorption of the imide group was observed at 1780 cm −1 and 1720 cm −1. confirmed.
After the temperature was lowered to 110 ° C., 1.2 parts by weight of p-methoxyphenol, 153.5 parts by weight of glycidyl methacrylate (GMA) (1.08 parts by mole) and 9.6 parts by weight of triethylamine were added at 110 ° C. for 15 hours. Reacted. As a result of measuring the characteristic absorption in the infrared spectrum, the absorption at 1860 cm −1 , which is the characteristic absorption of the acid anhydride group, disappeared completely. The acid value was 148 KOHmg / g in terms of solid content, and the molecular weight was a number average molecular weight of 5000 in terms of polystyrene. Moreover, the density | concentration of the resin part was 51.3 mass%. This was designated as an alkali-soluble resin C solution. The obtained alkali-soluble resin C solution is a polyamideimide resin having a carboxy group, and is a resin in which side chains having ethylenic double bonds are introduced using GMA.
(実施例1~16:顔料分散液の調製)
 下記表2に示す組成となるように、それぞれ顔料と、分散剤と、顔料誘導体と、アルカリ可溶性樹脂と、顔料分散剤と、溶剤と、粒径2.0mmジルコニアビーズ100質量部をマヨネーズビンに入れ、予備解砕としてペイントシェーカー(浅田鉄工(株)製)にて1時間振とうし、次いで粒径2.0mmジルコニアビーズを取り出し、粒径0.1mmのジルコニアビーズ200質量部を加えて、同様に本解砕としてペイントシェーカーにて6時間分散を行い、実施例1~16の顔料分散液を得た。
(Examples 1 to 16: Preparation of pigment dispersion)
In order to obtain the composition shown in Table 2 below, 100 parts by mass of pigment, dispersant, pigment derivative, alkali-soluble resin, pigment dispersant, solvent and zirconia beads having a particle size of 2.0 mm in mayonnaise bins were used. Put it in a paint shaker (manufactured by Asada Tekko Co., Ltd.) for 1 hour as preliminary crushing, then take out 2.0 mm zirconia beads with a particle size of 2.0 mm, add 200 parts by mass of zirconia beads with a particle size of 0.1 mm, Similarly, as this crushing, dispersion was carried out for 6 hours using a paint shaker to obtain pigment dispersions of Examples 1 to 16.
(比較例1~2:比較顔料分散液の調製)
 下記表2に示す組成となるように、それぞれ顔料と、分散剤と、溶剤等とを混合し、比較顔料分散液を得た。
(Comparative Examples 1-2: Preparation of comparative pigment dispersion)
A pigment, a dispersant, a solvent, and the like were mixed so that the compositions shown in Table 2 below were obtained, thereby obtaining comparative pigment dispersions.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000046
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000046
 表2中の化学式番号は、顔料及び顔料誘導体の項に記載の各化学式に対応する。また、表2中、R177は、C.I.ピグメントレッド177、Y150はC.I.ピグメントイエロー150を表す。 The chemical formula numbers in Table 2 correspond to the chemical formulas described in the section of pigments and pigment derivatives. In Table 2, R177 is C.I. I. Pigment Red 177 and Y150 are C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 150 is represented.
(実施例17:着色樹脂組成物の調製)
 下記の各成分を混合して、着色樹脂組成物を調製した。
・実施例1の顔料分散液 (固形分 21.5質量%):48.3質量部 
・アルカリ可溶性樹脂 A (BzMA/MMA/MAA/GMA=40/15/25/20質量%、重量平均分子量12,000、PGMEA溶液、固形分40質量%):6.0質量部 
・光硬化性多官能モノマー(東亞合成製、アロニックスM-305):5.6質量部 
・光重合開始剤(BASF製、イルガキュア907):1.07質量部 
・光重合開始剤(BASF製、イルガキュア369):1.34重量部 
・光増感剤(4,4’-ビス(ジメチルアミノ)ベンゾフェノン):0.27重量部 
・界面活性剤(DIC(株)製、メガファックR-08MH):0.9質量部 
・PGMEA:36.5質量部 
(Example 17: Preparation of colored resin composition)
The following components were mixed to prepare a colored resin composition.
-Pigment dispersion of Example 1 (solid content 21.5% by mass): 48.3 parts by mass
Alkali-soluble resin A (BzMA / MMA / MAA / GMA = 40/15/25/20 mass%, weight average molecular weight 12,000, PGMEA solution, solid content 40 mass%): 6.0 mass parts
Photocurable polyfunctional monomer (Aronix M-305, manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.): 5.6 parts by mass
Photopolymerization initiator (BASF, Irgacure 907): 1.07 parts by mass
Photopolymerization initiator (BASF, Irgacure 369): 1.34 parts by weight
Photosensitizer (4,4′-bis (dimethylamino) benzophenone): 0.27 parts by weight
Surfactant (manufactured by DIC Corporation, MegaFac R-08MH): 0.9 parts by mass
・ PGMEA: 36.5 parts by mass
(実施例18~39:着色樹脂組成物の調製)
 前記着色樹脂組成物の調製において、各成分の配合量を下記表3及び表4のとおり変更した以外は、実施例17と同様にして、実施例18~39の着色樹脂組成物を調製した。
 なお、下記表3及び4に記載の成分のうち、初出のものは以下のとおりである。
・光硬化性多官能モノマー(EO変性)(東亞合成製、アロニックスM-350)
・オキシム系光重合開始剤(ADEKA製、アデカアークルズN-1919)
(Examples 18 to 39: Preparation of colored resin composition)
In the preparation of the colored resin composition, the colored resin compositions of Examples 18 to 39 were prepared in the same manner as in Example 17 except that the blending amounts of the respective components were changed as shown in Tables 3 and 4 below.
In addition, among the components described in Tables 3 and 4 below, the first appearing components are as follows.
・ Photo-curable polyfunctional monomer (EO modified) (Toagosei Co., Ltd., Aronix M-350)
・ Oxime-based photopolymerization initiator (manufactured by ADEKA, Adeka Arcles N-1919)
(比較例3)
 前記実施例18において、実施例1の顔料分散液の代わりに、比較例2の顔料分散液を用い、各成分の配合量を下記表3のとおり変更した以外は、実施例18と同様にして、比較例3の着色樹脂組成物を調製した。
(Comparative Example 3)
In Example 18, instead of the pigment dispersion of Example 1, the pigment dispersion of Comparative Example 2 was used, and the amount of each component was changed as shown in Table 3 below. A colored resin composition of Comparative Example 3 was prepared.
 なお、比較例1は、後述する経時安定性評価の結果、ゲル化したため、着色樹脂組成物の調製を行わなかった。 In Comparative Example 1, the colored resin composition was not prepared because it gelled as a result of the later-described stability evaluation.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000047
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000047
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000048
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000048
[評価]
<顔料分散液の分散安定性評価> 
 実施例及び比較例の顔料分散液を、それぞれ室温(25℃)で保管し、調製から1日後及び1か月保管後に、それぞれ粘度を測定した。粘度は振動式粘度計(セコニック製VM-200T2)を用いて、25.0±1.0℃において測定し、測定開始から30秒後の値を採用した。 
 分散1日後の粘度と、1ヶ月保存後の粘度とを比較して、粘度変化が2%以内のものをAA、粘度変化が5%以内のものをA、粘度変化が5%以上10%未満B、10%を超過したものをCとした。結果を表2に示す。粘度変化が10%以内であれば、分散安定性に優れ、実用範囲であると評価される。 
[Evaluation]
<Evaluation of dispersion stability of pigment dispersion>
The pigment dispersions of Examples and Comparative Examples were each stored at room temperature (25 ° C.), and the viscosity was measured after 1 day and 1 month after preparation. The viscosity was measured at 25.0 ± 1.0 ° C. using a vibration viscometer (SECONIC VM-200T2), and the value 30 seconds after the start of measurement was adopted.
Comparing the viscosity after 1 day of dispersion with the viscosity after storage for 1 month, the viscosity change is within 2% AA, the viscosity change is within 5% A, the viscosity change is 5% or more and less than 10% B: C exceeding 10%. The results are shown in Table 2. If the viscosity change is within 10%, the dispersion stability is excellent, and it is evaluated to be in a practical range.
<光学特性評価>
 各実施例及び各比較例で得られた着色樹脂組成物を、ガラス基板(NHテクノグラス(株)製、「NA35」)上に、スピンコーターを用いて、ポストベーク後に所望の色(赤色着色層:C光源でのx=0.630)になるように塗布した。80℃のホットプレート上で3分間加熱乾燥を行った後、超高圧水銀灯を用いて60mJ/cmの紫外線を照射した。その後、230℃のクリーンオーブンで25分間ポストベークし、得られた着色膜のコントラスト、色度(x、y)、輝度(Y)を測定した。コントラストは壺坂電気(株)社製「コントラスト測定装置CT-1B」を用い、色度及び輝度はオリンパス(株)社製「顕微分光測定装置OSP-SP200」を用いて測定した。 
<Optical characteristic evaluation>
The colored resin composition obtained in each example and each comparative example is formed on a glass substrate (NH Techno Glass Co., Ltd., “NA35”) using a spin coater and a desired color (red coloration) after post-baking. Layer: It was applied so that x = 0.630 with a C light source. After drying for 3 minutes on a hot plate at 80 ° C., ultraviolet rays of 60 mJ / cm 2 were irradiated using an ultra-high pressure mercury lamp. Thereafter, the film was post-baked in a clean oven at 230 ° C. for 25 minutes, and the contrast, chromaticity (x, y), and luminance (Y) of the obtained colored film were measured. Contrast was measured using “Contrast measuring device CT-1B” manufactured by Aisaka Electric Co., Ltd., and chromaticity and luminance were measured using “Microspectroscopy measuring device OSP-SP200” manufactured by Olympus Corporation.
<位相差(Rth)の評価>
 着色層の位相差は、以下の式で計算される厚み方向のリタデーション(Rth)を指標とした。リタデーション(Rth)は、位相差層測定装置(AXOMETRICS社製AxoscanTM  Mueller  Matrix  Polarimeter)を用い、測定した。赤色着色層の測定波長は620nmで測定した。
Rth=((Nx+Ny)/2-Nz)d
Nx:面内遅相軸方向の屈折率
Ny:面内進相軸方向の屈折率
Nz:厚み方向の屈折率
d:膜厚(nm) 
<Evaluation of phase difference (Rth)>
The retardation of the colored layer was determined using the retardation in the thickness direction (Rth) calculated by the following formula as an index. Retardation (Rth) was measured using a retardation layer measuring apparatus (Axoscan ™ Mueller Matrix Polarimeter manufactured by AXOMETRICS). The measurement wavelength of the red colored layer was measured at 620 nm.
Rth = ((Nx + Ny) / 2−Nz) d
Nx: Refractive index in the in-plane slow axis direction Ny: Refractive index in the in-plane fast axis direction Nz: Refractive index in the thickness direction d: Film thickness (nm)
<現像性評価(現像時間)>
 実施例及び比較例で得られた着色樹脂組成物を、それぞれ厚み0.7mmで100mm×100mmのガラス基板(NHテクノグラス(株)社製、「NA35」)上に、スピンコーターを用いて塗布した後、ホットプレートを用いて80℃で3分間乾燥することにより、厚さ2.5μmの着色層を形成した。この着色層に2~80μmのマスク開口幅をもつフォトマスクを介して超高圧水銀灯を用いて60mJ/cmの紫外線を照射した。上記着色層が形成されたガラス板を、アルカリ現像液として0.05質量%水酸化カリウム水溶液を用いてシャワー現像した。このとき現像が完了した時間を現像性の指標とした。 
A:現像時間~20秒 
B:現像時間20~40秒 
C:現像時間1分以上
<Development evaluation (development time)>
The colored resin compositions obtained in Examples and Comparative Examples were each applied on a glass substrate (“NA35” manufactured by NH Techno Glass Co., Ltd.) having a thickness of 0.7 mm and a size of 100 mm × 100 mm using a spin coater. Then, a colored layer having a thickness of 2.5 μm was formed by drying at 80 ° C. for 3 minutes using a hot plate. This colored layer was irradiated with ultraviolet rays of 60 mJ / cm 2 using a super high pressure mercury lamp through a photomask having a mask opening width of 2 to 80 μm. The glass plate on which the colored layer was formed was subjected to shower development using a 0.05% by mass aqueous potassium hydroxide solution as an alkaline developer. The time when development was completed at this time was used as an index of developability.
A: Development time-20 seconds
B: Development time 20 to 40 seconds
C: Development time of 1 minute or more
<ムラ>
 実施例及び各比較例で得られた着色樹脂組成物を、それぞれ厚み0.7mmで100mm×100mmのガラス基板(NHテクノグラス(株)社製、「NA35」)上に、スピンコーターを用いて塗布した後、ホットプレートを用いて60℃で3分間乾燥することにより、ポストベーク後に表に記載の膜厚になるように回転数を調整し、着色層を形成した。この着色層に80μmのマスク開口幅、160μmのマスク遮光幅をもつフォトマスクを介して超高圧水銀灯を用いて60mJ/cmの紫外線を照射した。上記着色層が形成されたガラス板を、アルカリ現像液として0.05質量%水酸化カリウム水溶液を用いて60秒間シャワー現像した。次に、当該着色基板を230℃のクリーンオーブンで30分間ポストベークした基板を投光機下で目視により着色層のムラを観察し、更に光学顕微鏡により50mm×50mmの範囲の着色層のエッジ部の空隙の個数を測定した。
(ムラ評価基準)
AA:ムラ無し、エッジ部の空隙無し
A:ムラ無し、エッジ部の空隙が20個未満
B:一部でムラが観察された
C:全体でムラが観察された
 ムラ評価基準がAA、A又はBであれば、実用上使用できるが、評価結果がA、更にAAであればより効果が優れている。
<Mura>
Using the spin coater, the colored resin compositions obtained in the Examples and Comparative Examples were each formed on a glass substrate (NH Techno Glass Co., Ltd., “NA35”) having a thickness of 0.7 mm and a size of 100 mm × 100 mm. After coating, the film was dried at 60 ° C. for 3 minutes using a hot plate to adjust the number of revolutions so that the film thickness shown in the table was obtained after post-baking to form a colored layer. The colored layer was irradiated with ultraviolet rays of 60 mJ / cm 2 using a super high pressure mercury lamp through a photomask having a mask opening width of 80 μm and a mask light shielding width of 160 μm. The glass plate on which the colored layer was formed was shower-developed for 60 seconds using a 0.05% by mass aqueous potassium hydroxide solution as an alkaline developer. Next, the unevenness of the colored layer is visually observed under a projector on the substrate obtained by post-baking the colored substrate in a clean oven at 230 ° C. for 30 minutes, and the edge portion of the colored layer in the range of 50 mm × 50 mm is further observed with an optical microscope. The number of voids was measured.
(Evaluation criteria for unevenness)
AA: No unevenness, no gap at the edge part A: No unevenness, less than 20 gaps at the edge part B: Some unevenness was observed C: Unevenness was observed as a whole The unevenness evaluation standard was AA, A or If it is B, it can be used practically, but if the evaluation result is A and further AA, the effect is more excellent.
(実施例40~43:顔料分散液の調製)
 下記表5に示す組成となるように、それぞれ顔料と、分散剤と、顔料誘導体と、アルカリ可溶性樹脂と、顔料分散剤と、溶剤とを混合し、実施例1と同様にして、実施例40~43の顔料分散液を得た。
(Examples 40 to 43: Preparation of pigment dispersion)
Example 40 was prepared in the same manner as in Example 1 by mixing a pigment, a dispersant, a pigment derivative, an alkali-soluble resin, a pigment dispersant, and a solvent so that the compositions shown in Table 5 below were obtained. -43 pigment dispersions were obtained.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000049
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000049
 表5中の化学式番号は、顔料及び顔料誘導体の項に記載の各化学式に対応する。また、表5中、R177は、C.I.ピグメントレッド177、Y150はC.I.ピグメントイエロー150、Y185はC.I.ピグメントイエロー185を表す。 The chemical formula numbers in Table 5 correspond to the chemical formulas described in the section of pigments and pigment derivatives. In Table 5, R177 is C.I. I. Pigment Red 177 and Y150 are C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 150 and Y185 are C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 185 is represented.
(実施例51~58:着色樹脂組成物の調製)
 前記着色樹脂組成物の調製において、各成分の配合量を下記表6のとおり変更した以外は、実施例17と同様にして、実施例51~58の着色樹脂組成物を調製した。
 なお、下記表6に記載の成分のうち、初出のものは以下のとおりである。
・オキシム系光重合開始剤(ADEKA製、アデカアークルズNCI-930)
・オキシム系光重合開始剤(常州強力電子新材料社製、TR-PBG-3057)
・酸化防止剤(BASF製、IRGANOX1010)
(Examples 51 to 58: Preparation of colored resin composition)
In the preparation of the colored resin composition, the colored resin compositions of Examples 51 to 58 were prepared in the same manner as in Example 17, except that the amount of each component was changed as shown in Table 6 below.
In addition, among the components described in Table 6 below, the first ones are as follows.
・ Oxime-based photopolymerization initiator (manufactured by ADEKA, Adeka Arcles NCI-930)
・ Oxime-based photopolymerization initiator (manufactured by Changzhou Strong Electronic New Materials Co., Ltd., TR-PBG-3057)
・ Antioxidant (manufactured by BASF, IRGANOX1010)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000050
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000050
(実施例59~60:顔料分散液及び着色樹脂組成物の調製)
 実施例2と同じ組成となるように、それぞれ顔料と、分散剤と、顔料誘導体と、アルカリ可溶性樹脂と、顔料分散剤と、溶剤とを混合し、実施例59では本解砕としてペイントシェーカーにて24時間分散を行い、実施例60では本解砕としてペイントシェーカーにて3時間分散を行った以外は、実施例2と同様にして、各々顔料分散液を得た。
 実施例59及び60の顔料分散液を用いた以外は、実施例18と同様にして、実施例59及び60の着色樹脂組成物を調製した。実施例59及び60の着色樹脂組成物について、実施例18と同様に位相差及びコントラストの評価を行った。評価結果を表7に示す。
(Examples 59 to 60: Preparation of pigment dispersion and colored resin composition)
A pigment, a dispersant, a pigment derivative, an alkali-soluble resin, a pigment dispersant, and a solvent are mixed so as to have the same composition as in Example 2. In Example 60, pigment dispersions were obtained in the same manner as in Example 2, except that in Example 60, the main crushing was performed using a paint shaker for 3 hours.
Colored resin compositions of Examples 59 and 60 were prepared in the same manner as in Example 18 except that the pigment dispersions of Examples 59 and 60 were used. For the colored resin compositions of Examples 59 and 60, the retardation and contrast were evaluated in the same manner as in Example 18. Table 7 shows the evaluation results.
(実施例61~62:顔料分散液及び着色樹脂組成物の調製)
 実施例1と同じ組成となるように、それぞれ顔料と、分散剤と、顔料誘導体と、アルカリ可溶性樹脂と、顔料分散剤と、溶剤とを混合し、実施例61では本解砕としてペイントシェーカーにて24時間分散を行い、実施例62では本解砕としてペイントシェーカーにて3時間分散を行った以外は、実施例1と同様にして、各々顔料分散液を得た。
 実施例61及び62の顔料分散液を用いた以外は、実施例17と同様にして、実施例61及び62の着色樹脂組成物を調製した。実施例61及び62の着色樹脂組成物について、実施例17と同様に位相差及びコントラストの評価を行った。
 また、各実施例の着色樹脂組成物について、PGMEAで1000倍に希釈し、レーザー光散乱粒度分布計(例えば、日機装社製ナノトラック粒度分布測定装置UPA-EX150)を用いて動的光散乱法により23℃にて、平均分散粒径を測定した。
各評価結果を表7に示す。
(Examples 61 to 62: Preparation of pigment dispersion and colored resin composition)
A pigment, a dispersant, a pigment derivative, an alkali-soluble resin, a pigment dispersant, and a solvent were mixed so that the same composition as in Example 1 was obtained. In Example 62, pigment dispersions were obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that in Example 62, the main crushing was performed using a paint shaker for 3 hours.
Colored resin compositions of Examples 61 and 62 were prepared in the same manner as in Example 17, except that the pigment dispersions of Examples 61 and 62 were used. For the colored resin compositions of Examples 61 and 62, the retardation and contrast were evaluated in the same manner as in Example 17.
Further, the colored resin composition of each example was diluted 1000 times with PGMEA, and a dynamic light scattering method using a laser light scattering particle size distribution analyzer (for example, Nanotrack particle size distribution measuring device UPA-EX150 manufactured by Nikkiso Co., Ltd.). The average dispersed particle size was measured at 23 ° C.
Table 7 shows the evaluation results.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000051
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000051
[結果のまとめ]
 表3及び表4の結果から、一般式(1)で表される赤色顔料を含む顔料と、一般式(2)で表される構成単位を有する共重合体を含む分散剤と、ジケトピロロピロール骨格を有する顔料誘導体、及びアゾレーキ骨格を有する顔料誘導体から選ばれる1種以上を含む顔料誘導体とを組み合わせて用いた実施例1~16の顔料分散液は、経時安定性に優れていることが明らかとなった。スルホン化ジケトピロロピロール誘導体とスルホン化キナクリドン誘導体とを組み合わせて用いた、実施例10および11の顔料分散液は特に経時安定性に優れていた。
 一般式(1)で表される赤色顔料を含む顔料と、一般式(2)で表される構成単位を有する共重合体を含む分散剤と、ジケトピロロピロール骨格を有する顔料誘導体、及びアゾレーキ骨格を有する顔料誘導体から選ばれる1種以上を含む顔料誘導体とを組み合わせた実施例17~28及び実施例32~39の着色樹脂組成物を用いて形成された着色層は、色度(x,y)が、0.630≦x≦0.665、0.326≦y≦0.335を満たし、且つ、光の着色層の厚み方向における波長620nmの光の位相差(Rth)が-30nm以上120nm以下を達成した。
 また、一般式(1)で表される赤色顔料を含む顔料と、当該一般式(1)で表される赤色顔料とは異なる赤色顔料、オレンジ色顔料、及び、黄色顔料より選択される1種以上の顔料を含む実施例27~31の着色樹脂組成物を用いて形成された着色層は、色度(x,y)が、0.630≦x≦0.665、0.295≦y≦0.360を満たし、且つ、光の着色層の厚み方向における波長620nmの光の位相差(Rth)が-30nm以上120nm以下を達成した。
[Summary of results]
From the results of Tables 3 and 4, the pigment containing the red pigment represented by the general formula (1), the dispersant containing the copolymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (2), and diketopyrrolo The pigment dispersions of Examples 1 to 16, which are used in combination with a pigment derivative having a pyrrole skeleton and a pigment derivative containing one or more selected from pigment derivatives having an azo lake skeleton, are excellent in stability over time. It became clear. The pigment dispersions of Examples 10 and 11 using a combination of a sulfonated diketopyrrolopyrrole derivative and a sulfonated quinacridone derivative were particularly excellent in stability over time.
A pigment containing a red pigment represented by the general formula (1), a dispersant containing a copolymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (2), a pigment derivative having a diketopyrrolopyrrole skeleton, and an azo lake The colored layers formed using the colored resin compositions of Examples 17 to 28 and Examples 32-39 in combination with a pigment derivative containing one or more selected from pigment derivatives having a skeleton have chromaticity (x, y) satisfies 0.630 ≦ x ≦ 0.665 and 0.326 ≦ y ≦ 0.335, and the phase difference (Rth) of light having a wavelength of 620 nm in the thickness direction of the colored layer of light is −30 nm or more 120 nm or less was achieved.
One kind selected from a pigment containing a red pigment represented by the general formula (1) and a red pigment, an orange pigment, and a yellow pigment different from the red pigment represented by the general formula (1) The colored layers formed using the colored resin compositions of Examples 27 to 31 containing the above pigments have chromaticity (x, y) of 0.630 ≦ x ≦ 0.665 and 0.295 ≦ y ≦. The phase difference (Rth) of light having a wavelength of 620 nm in the thickness direction of the colored layer of light satisfying 0.360 was achieved between −30 nm and 120 nm.
 表6の結果から、黄色顔料としてY185を使用した場合、位相差の絶対値が小さくなる傾向が明らかにされた。Y185は、非対称な分子構造を有しているので、位相差が大きくなり難いと推定される。
 また、実施例54と実施例55、実施例32と実施例57、実施例33と実施例58とをそれぞれ比較すると、アルカリ可溶性樹脂としてポリアミドイミド樹脂を含有すると、位相差の絶対値を低減できることが明らかにされた。
また、実施例32と実施例57、実施例33と実施例58とを比較すると、アルカリ可溶性樹脂としてポリアミドイミド樹脂を含有し、ジフェニルスルフィド骨格を有するオキシム系開始剤を少なくとも2種を含有すると、輝度が向上する傾向が明らかにされた。
 また、オキシム系開始剤を少なくとも2種含み、更に、酸化防止剤を含有する場合、顔料濃度が高くても、エッジ部に発生するムラが抑制され易いことが明らかにされた。
From the result of Table 6, when Y185 was used as a yellow pigment, the tendency for the absolute value of the phase difference to decrease was clarified. Since Y185 has an asymmetric molecular structure, it is estimated that the phase difference does not easily increase.
Moreover, when Example 54 and Example 55, Example 32 and Example 57, and Example 33 and Example 58 are compared, respectively, when a polyamidoimide resin is contained as alkali-soluble resin, the absolute value of phase difference can be reduced. Was revealed.
Further, when Example 32 and Example 57, and Example 33 and Example 58 are compared, when polyamideimide resin is contained as an alkali-soluble resin and at least two oxime initiators having a diphenyl sulfide skeleton are contained, A tendency to improve brightness was clarified.
Further, it has been clarified that when at least two kinds of oxime initiators are contained and an antioxidant is further contained, unevenness generated at the edge portion is easily suppressed even when the pigment concentration is high.
 表7の結果から、化学式(1-2)で表される赤色顔料の場合、顔料の平均一次粒径を小さくすればするほどコントラストは向上するが、位相差の絶対値は大きくなる傾向があった。一方で、一般式(1-1)で表される赤色顔料については、粒径を小さくし過ぎても位相差の絶対値が大きくなる傾向があり、中でも、平均一次粒径が40nm~60nmであることが、位相差の絶対値を低減する点から好ましいことが明らかにされた。 From the results of Table 7, in the case of the red pigment represented by the chemical formula (1-2), the smaller the average primary particle diameter of the pigment, the better the contrast, but the absolute value of the phase difference tends to increase. It was. On the other hand, with respect to the red pigment represented by the general formula (1-1), there is a tendency that the absolute value of the phase difference increases even if the particle size is too small, and the average primary particle size is 40 nm to 60 nm. It has been clarified that it is preferable to reduce the absolute value of the phase difference.
 1 基板
 2 遮光部
 3 着色層
 10 カラーフィルタ
 20 対向基板
 30 液晶層
 40 液晶表示装置
 50 有機保護層
 60 無機酸化膜
 71 透明陽極
 72 正孔注入層
 73 正孔輸送層
 74 発光層
 75 電子注入層
 76 陰極
 80 有機発光体
100 有機発光表示装置
DESCRIPTION OF SYMBOLS 1 Substrate 2 Light-shielding part 3 Colored layer 10 Color filter 20 Counter substrate 30 Liquid crystal layer 40 Liquid crystal display device 50 Organic protective layer 60 Inorganic oxide film 71 Transparent anode 72 Hole injection layer 73 Hole transport layer 74 Light emitting layer 75 Electron injection layer 76 Cathode 80 Organic light emitter 100 Organic light emitting display device

Claims (12)

  1.  下記一般式(1)で表される赤色顔料を含む顔料と、下記一般式(2)で表される構成単位を有する共重合体を含む分散剤と、顔料誘導体と、アルカリ可溶性樹脂と、モノマーと、開始剤と、溶剤とを含有する着色樹脂組成物であって、
     前記顔料誘導体が、ジケトピロロピロール骨格を有する顔料誘導体、及びアゾレーキ骨格を有する顔料誘導体から選ばれる1種以上を含み、
     当該着色樹脂組成物の着色層を形成したときに、当該着色層のC光源で測定した色度(x,y)が、0.630≦x≦0.665、0.326≦y≦0.335を満たし、且つ、光の着色層の厚み方向における波長620nmの光の位相差(Rth)が-30nm以上120nm以下である、カラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
    (一般式(1)中、R及びRは、それぞれ独立に、4-クロロフェニル基、又は4-ブロモフェニル基である。)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
    (一般式(2)中、R11は、水素原子又はメチル基、Qは、2価の連結基、R12は、炭素数1~8のアルキレン基、-[CH(R15)-CH(R16)-O]-CH(R15)-CH(R16)-又は-[(CH-O]-(CH-で示される2価の有機基、R13及びR14は、それぞれ独立に、置換されていてもよい鎖状又は環状の炭化水素基を表すか、R13及びR14が互いに結合して環状構造を形成する。R15及びR16は、それぞれ独立に水素原子又はメチル基である。
     xは1~18の整数、yは1~5の整数、zは1~18の整数を示す。)
    A pigment containing a red pigment represented by the following general formula (1), a dispersant containing a copolymer having a structural unit represented by the following general formula (2), a pigment derivative, an alkali-soluble resin, and a monomer A colored resin composition containing an initiator and a solvent,
    The pigment derivative includes one or more selected from a pigment derivative having a diketopyrrolopyrrole skeleton and a pigment derivative having an azo lake skeleton,
    When the colored layer of the colored resin composition is formed, the chromaticity (x, y) measured with a C light source of the colored layer is 0.630 ≦ x ≦ 0.665, 0.326 ≦ y ≦ 0. A color resin composition for a color filter that satisfies 335 and has a phase difference (Rth) of light having a wavelength of 620 nm in the thickness direction of the colored layer of light of −30 nm to 120 nm.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
    (In general formula (1), R 1 and R 2 are each independently a 4-chlorophenyl group or a 4-bromophenyl group.)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
    (In the general formula (2), R 11 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, Q is a divalent linking group, R 12 is an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, — [CH (R 15 ) —CH ( A divalent organic group represented by R 16 ) —O] x —CH (R 15 ) —CH (R 16 ) — or — [(CH 2 ) y —O] z — (CH 2 ) y —, R 13 and R 14 each independently represent a optionally substituted linear or cyclic hydrocarbon group, .R 15 and R 16 R 13 and R 14 are combined to form a cyclic structure each other, Each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
    x represents an integer of 1 to 18, y represents an integer of 1 to 5, and z represents an integer of 1 to 18. )
  2.  前記共重合体が、前記一般式(2)で表される構成単位を有するブロック部と、下記一般式(3)で表される構成単位を有するブロック部とを有し、前記一般式(3)で表される構成単位が、メタクリル酸、メタクリル酸2-ヒドロキシエチル、及び、ベンジルメタクリレートよりなる群よる選択される1種以上の構成単位を含む、請求項1に記載のカラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
    (一般式(3)中、R21は、水素原子又はメチル基、Q’は、直接結合又は2価の連結基、R22は、炭化水素基、-[CH(R23)-CH(R24)-O]-R25又は-[(CH-O]-R25で示される1価の基である。R23及びR24は、それぞれ独立に水素原子又はメチル基であり、R25は、水素原子、炭化水素基、-CHO、-CHCHO、又は-CHCOOR26で示される1価の基であり、R26は水素原子又は炭素数1~5のアルキル基である。
     上記炭化水素基は、置換基を有していてもよい。
     xは1~18の整数、yは1~5の整数、zは1~18の整数を示す。)
    The copolymer has a block part having a structural unit represented by the general formula (2) and a block part having a structural unit represented by the following general formula (3), and the general formula (3 2. The colored resin for a color filter according to claim 1, wherein the structural unit represented by (1) includes one or more structural units selected from the group consisting of methacrylic acid, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, and benzyl methacrylate. Composition.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
    (In the general formula (3), R 21 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, Q ′ is a direct bond or a divalent linking group, R 22 is a hydrocarbon group, — [CH (R 23 ) —CH (R 24 ) —O] x —R 25 or — [(CH 2 ) y —O] z —R 25 , each of R 23 and R 24 independently represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. R 25 represents a hydrogen atom, a hydrocarbon group, a monovalent group represented by —CHO, —CH 2 CHO, or —CH 2 COOR 26 , and R 26 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. It is a group.
    The hydrocarbon group may have a substituent.
    x represents an integer of 1 to 18, y represents an integer of 1 to 5, and z represents an integer of 1 to 18. )
  3.  前記一般式(1)で表される赤色顔料が、下記化学式(1-1)で表される赤色顔料及び下記化学式(1-2)で表される赤色顔料を含む、請求項1又は2に記載のカラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
    The red pigment represented by the general formula (1) includes a red pigment represented by the following chemical formula (1-1) and a red pigment represented by the following chemical formula (1-2). The colored resin composition for color filters as described.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
  4.  前記アルカリ可溶性樹脂として、カルボキシ基を有するポリアミドイミド樹脂を含有する、請求項1乃至3のいずれか一項に記載のカラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物。 The colored resin composition for a color filter according to any one of claims 1 to 3, comprising a polyamideimide resin having a carboxy group as the alkali-soluble resin.
  5.  前記開始剤が、オキシム系開始剤を少なくとも2種含み、更に、酸化防止剤を含有する、請求項1乃至4のいずれか一項に記載のカラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物。 The colored resin composition for a color filter according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the initiator contains at least two oxime-based initiators and further contains an antioxidant.
  6.  下記一般式(1)で表される赤色顔料を含む顔料と、下記一般式(2)で表される構成単位を有する共重合体を含む分散剤と、顔料誘導体と、アルカリ可溶性樹脂と、モノマーと、開始剤と、溶剤とを含有する着色樹脂組成物であって、
     前記顔料誘導体が、ジケトピロロピロール骨格を有する顔料誘導体、及びアゾレーキ骨格を有する顔料誘導体から選ばれる1種以上を含み、
     前記顔料が、更に、前記一般式(1)で表される赤色顔料とは異なる赤色顔料、オレンジ色顔料、及び、黄色顔料より選択される1種以上の顔料を含み、
     当該着色樹脂組成物の着色層を形成したときに、前記着色層のC光源で測定した色度(x,y)が、0.630≦x≦0.665、0.295≦y≦0.360を満たし、且つ、光の着色層の厚み方向における波長620nmの光の位相差(Rth)が-30nm以上120nm以下である、カラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
    (一般式(1)中、R及びRは、それぞれ独立に、4-クロロフェニル基、又は4-ブロモフェニル基である。)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
    (一般式(2)中、R11は、水素原子又はメチル基、Qは、2価の連結基、R12は、炭素数1~8のアルキレン基、-[CH(R15)-CH(R16)-O]-CH(R15)-CH(R16)-又は-[(CH-O]-(CH-で示される2価の有機基、R13及びR14は、それぞれ独立に、置換されていてもよい鎖状又は環状の炭化水素基を表すか、R13及びR14が互いに結合して環状構造を形成する。R15及びR16は、それぞれ独立に水素原子又はメチル基である。
     xは1~18の整数、yは1~5の整数、zは1~18の整数を示す。)
    A pigment containing a red pigment represented by the following general formula (1), a dispersant containing a copolymer having a structural unit represented by the following general formula (2), a pigment derivative, an alkali-soluble resin, and a monomer A colored resin composition containing an initiator and a solvent,
    The pigment derivative includes one or more selected from a pigment derivative having a diketopyrrolopyrrole skeleton and a pigment derivative having an azo lake skeleton,
    The pigment further includes at least one pigment selected from a red pigment, an orange pigment, and a yellow pigment different from the red pigment represented by the general formula (1),
    When the colored layer of the colored resin composition is formed, the chromaticity (x, y) measured with a C light source of the colored layer is 0.630 ≦ x ≦ 0.665, 0.295 ≦ y ≦ 0. 360, and a color resin composition for a color filter, wherein the phase difference (Rth) of light having a wavelength of 620 nm in the thickness direction of the colored layer of light is −30 nm to 120 nm.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
    (In general formula (1), R 1 and R 2 are each independently a 4-chlorophenyl group or a 4-bromophenyl group.)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
    (In the general formula (2), R 11 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, Q is a divalent linking group, R 12 is an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, — [CH (R 15 ) —CH ( A divalent organic group represented by R 16 ) —O] x —CH (R 15 ) —CH (R 16 ) — or — [(CH 2 ) y —O] z — (CH 2 ) y —, R 13 and R 14 each independently represent a optionally substituted linear or cyclic hydrocarbon group, .R 15 and R 16 R 13 and R 14 are combined to form a cyclic structure each other, Each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
    x represents an integer of 1 to 18, y represents an integer of 1 to 5, and z represents an integer of 1 to 18. )
  7.  前記顔料が、C.I.ピグメントイエロー185を含む、請求項6に記載のカラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物。 The pigment is C.I. I. The colored resin composition for a color filter according to claim 6, comprising Pigment Yellow 185.
  8.  前記アルカリ可溶性樹脂として、カルボキシ基を有するポリアミドイミド樹脂を含有する、請求項6又は7に記載のカラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物。 The colored resin composition for a color filter according to claim 6 or 7, comprising a polyamide-imide resin having a carboxy group as the alkali-soluble resin.
  9.  前記開始剤が、オキシム系開始剤を少なくとも2種含み、更に、酸化防止剤を含有する、請求項6乃至8のいずれか一項に記載のカラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物。 The colored resin composition for a color filter according to any one of claims 6 to 8, wherein the initiator contains at least two oxime-based initiators and further contains an antioxidant.
  10.  請求項1乃至9のいずれか一項に記載のカラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物調製用の顔料分散液であって、
     下記一般式(1)で表される赤色顔料を含む顔料と、下記一般式(2)で表される構成単位を有する共重合体を含む分散剤と、顔料誘導体と、溶剤とを含有し、
     前記顔料誘導体が、ジケトピロロピロール骨格を有する顔料誘導体、及びアゾレーキ骨格を有する顔料誘導体から選ばれる1種以上を含む、顔料分散液。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
    (一般式(1)中、R及びRは、それぞれ独立に、4-クロロフェニル基、又は4-ブロモフェニル基である。)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
    (一般式(2)中、R11は、水素原子又はメチル基、Qは、2価の連結基、R12は、炭素数1~8のアルキレン基、-[CH(R15)-CH(R16)-O]-CH(R15)-CH(R16)-又は-[(CH-O]-(CH-で示される2価の有機基、R13及びR14は、それぞれ独立に、置換されていてもよい鎖状又は環状の炭化水素基を表すか、R13及びR14が互いに結合して環状構造を形成する。R15及びR16は、それぞれ独立に水素原子又はメチル基である。
     xは1~18の整数、yは1~5の整数、zは1~18の整数を示す。)
    A pigment dispersion for preparing a colored resin composition for a color filter according to any one of claims 1 to 9,
    A pigment containing a red pigment represented by the following general formula (1), a dispersant containing a copolymer having a structural unit represented by the following general formula (2), a pigment derivative, and a solvent,
    A pigment dispersion, wherein the pigment derivative contains at least one selected from a pigment derivative having a diketopyrrolopyrrole skeleton and a pigment derivative having an azo lake skeleton.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
    (In general formula (1), R 1 and R 2 are each independently a 4-chlorophenyl group or a 4-bromophenyl group.)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
    (In the general formula (2), R 11 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, Q is a divalent linking group, R 12 is an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, — [CH (R 15 ) —CH ( A divalent organic group represented by R 16 ) —O] x —CH (R 15 ) —CH (R 16 ) — or — [(CH 2 ) y —O] z — (CH 2 ) y —, R 13 and R 14 each independently represent a optionally substituted linear or cyclic hydrocarbon group, .R 15 and R 16 R 13 and R 14 are combined to form a cyclic structure each other, Each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
    x represents an integer of 1 to 18, y represents an integer of 1 to 5, and z represents an integer of 1 to 18. )
  11.  基板と、当該基板上に設けられた着色層とを少なくとも備えるカラーフィルタであって、当該着色層の少なくとも1つが請求項1乃至9のいずれか一項に記載のカラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物の硬化物であることを特徴とするカラーフィルタ。 A color filter comprising at least a substrate and a colored layer provided on the substrate, wherein at least one of the colored layers is a colored resin composition for a color filter according to any one of claims 1 to 9. A color filter, which is a cured product.
  12.  請求項11に記載のカラーフィルタを有することを特徴とする表示装置。 A display device comprising the color filter according to claim 11.
PCT/JP2017/010031 2016-03-16 2017-03-13 Colored resin composition for color filter, pigment dispersion, color filter, and display device WO2017159634A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201780013365.XA CN108700686B (en) 2016-03-16 2017-03-13 Colored resin composition for color filter, pigment dispersion liquid, color filter, and display device
JP2017517816A JP6862340B2 (en) 2016-03-16 2017-03-13 Colored resin compositions for color filters, pigment dispersions, color filters, and display devices

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2016052903 2016-03-16
JP2016-052903 2016-03-16

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2017159634A1 true WO2017159634A1 (en) 2017-09-21

Family

ID=59852300

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2017/010031 WO2017159634A1 (en) 2016-03-16 2017-03-13 Colored resin composition for color filter, pigment dispersion, color filter, and display device

Country Status (4)

Country Link
JP (2) JP6862340B2 (en)
CN (1) CN108700686B (en)
TW (1) TWI713710B (en)
WO (1) WO2017159634A1 (en)

Cited By (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2017201384A (en) * 2016-04-28 2017-11-09 Dic株式会社 Pigment composition for color filters, method for producing the same and color filter
WO2018173840A1 (en) * 2017-03-21 2018-09-27 東レ株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition, photosensitive resin composition film, insulating film and electronic component
JP2018159749A (en) * 2017-03-22 2018-10-11 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 Red coloring composition for organic el display device, color filter for organic el display device, and organic el display device
JP2019164335A (en) * 2018-03-20 2019-09-26 三菱ケミカル株式会社 Photosensitive coloring composition, cured product, coloration spacer, and image display device
US20200019055A1 (en) * 2018-07-11 2020-01-16 Echem Solutions Corp. Photosensitive composition, color filter and method for forming the color filter
JP2020181038A (en) * 2019-04-24 2020-11-05 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 Coloring composition, photosensitive coloring composition, color filter, and liquid crystal display device
JP2021149085A (en) * 2020-03-13 2021-09-27 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 Pigment dispersant, pigment composition for color filters, coloring composition, and color filter

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPWO2022034816A1 (en) * 2020-08-11 2022-02-17

Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2006235196A (en) * 2005-02-24 2006-09-07 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Curable composition with negative color, color filter and method for manufacturing the same
JP2011523433A (en) * 2008-05-28 2011-08-11 ビーエーエスエフ ソシエタス・ヨーロピア Improved red filter composition
WO2011122447A1 (en) * 2010-03-31 2011-10-06 大日本印刷株式会社 Red pigment dispersion liquid for color filter and method for producing same, red photosensitive resin composition for color filter and method for producing same, color filter, liquid crystal display device, and organic light emitting display device
JP2013082905A (en) * 2011-09-27 2013-05-09 Mitsubishi Chemicals Corp Additive, pigment dispersion liquid, colored resin composition for color filter, color filter, liquid crystal display and organic el display
JP2013203887A (en) * 2012-03-28 2013-10-07 Dainichiseika Color & Chem Mfg Co Ltd Pigment coloring agent composition, coloring agent for color filter, polymer dispersant and production method of the polymer dispersant
JP2015110726A (en) * 2013-07-22 2015-06-18 Jsr株式会社 Coloring composition, coloring curable film, and display element and solid-state imaging element
JP2016029176A (en) * 2015-09-18 2016-03-03 大日精化工業株式会社 Pigment coloring agent composition and pigment dispersant

Family Cites Families (13)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
ATE381540T1 (en) * 2004-08-18 2008-01-15 Ciba Sc Holding Ag OXIMESTHER PHOTO INITIATORS
EP2172455B1 (en) * 2005-12-01 2011-01-19 Basf Se Oxime ester photoinitiators
TWI443458B (en) * 2010-04-21 2014-07-01 Toyo Ink Sc Holdings Co Ltd Red-coloring composition for color filter and color filter
JP2011246649A (en) 2010-05-28 2011-12-08 Mitsubishi Chemicals Corp Pigment dispersion, coloring resin composition, color filter, liquid crystal display, and organic el display
JP5659761B2 (en) 2010-12-13 2015-01-28 大日本印刷株式会社 Red pigment dispersion for color filter, red photosensitive resin composition for color filter, color filter, and liquid crystal display device
JP5899720B2 (en) 2011-09-02 2016-04-06 大日本印刷株式会社 Compound pigment derivative dispersion for color filter, method for producing compound pigment derivative, resin composition for color filter and method for producing the same, color filter, liquid crystal display device and organic light emitting display device
JP6204049B2 (en) 2013-04-12 2017-09-27 サカタインクス株式会社 Coloring composition for color filter
EP3023449B1 (en) * 2013-07-18 2021-07-14 DIC Corporation Polyamide-imide resin, and curable resin composition and cured product of same
JP6516676B2 (en) * 2013-10-16 2019-05-22 サカタインクス株式会社 Pigment dispersion for black matrix and pigment dispersed resist composition for black matrix containing the same
JP6189183B2 (en) * 2013-11-12 2017-08-30 大塚化学株式会社 Pigment dispersant and pigment dispersion composition containing the same
JP6325371B2 (en) 2014-06-27 2018-05-16 株式会社日本触媒 Imide group-containing resin and imide group-containing resin composition
TWI663218B (en) * 2014-09-04 2019-06-21 日商富士軟片股份有限公司 Composition, manufacturing method of composition, curable composition, cured film, near-infrared cut filter, solid-state imaging element, infrared sensor, camera module, and compound
JP2016114887A (en) 2014-12-17 2016-06-23 Dic株式会社 Color filter pigment composition and color filter

Patent Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2006235196A (en) * 2005-02-24 2006-09-07 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Curable composition with negative color, color filter and method for manufacturing the same
JP2011523433A (en) * 2008-05-28 2011-08-11 ビーエーエスエフ ソシエタス・ヨーロピア Improved red filter composition
WO2011122447A1 (en) * 2010-03-31 2011-10-06 大日本印刷株式会社 Red pigment dispersion liquid for color filter and method for producing same, red photosensitive resin composition for color filter and method for producing same, color filter, liquid crystal display device, and organic light emitting display device
JP2013082905A (en) * 2011-09-27 2013-05-09 Mitsubishi Chemicals Corp Additive, pigment dispersion liquid, colored resin composition for color filter, color filter, liquid crystal display and organic el display
JP2013203887A (en) * 2012-03-28 2013-10-07 Dainichiseika Color & Chem Mfg Co Ltd Pigment coloring agent composition, coloring agent for color filter, polymer dispersant and production method of the polymer dispersant
JP2015110726A (en) * 2013-07-22 2015-06-18 Jsr株式会社 Coloring composition, coloring curable film, and display element and solid-state imaging element
JP2016029176A (en) * 2015-09-18 2016-03-03 大日精化工業株式会社 Pigment coloring agent composition and pigment dispersant

Cited By (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2017201384A (en) * 2016-04-28 2017-11-09 Dic株式会社 Pigment composition for color filters, method for producing the same and color filter
WO2018173840A1 (en) * 2017-03-21 2018-09-27 東レ株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition, photosensitive resin composition film, insulating film and electronic component
JPWO2018173840A1 (en) * 2017-03-21 2020-01-23 東レ株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition, photosensitive resin composition film, insulating film and electronic component
JP7088004B2 (en) 2017-03-21 2022-06-21 東レ株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition, photosensitive resin composition film, insulating film and electronic components
JP2018159749A (en) * 2017-03-22 2018-10-11 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 Red coloring composition for organic el display device, color filter for organic el display device, and organic el display device
JP2019164335A (en) * 2018-03-20 2019-09-26 三菱ケミカル株式会社 Photosensitive coloring composition, cured product, coloration spacer, and image display device
JP7230559B2 (en) 2018-03-20 2023-03-01 三菱ケミカル株式会社 Photosensitive coloring composition, cured product, colored spacer, and image display device
US20200019055A1 (en) * 2018-07-11 2020-01-16 Echem Solutions Corp. Photosensitive composition, color filter and method for forming the color filter
JP2020181038A (en) * 2019-04-24 2020-11-05 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 Coloring composition, photosensitive coloring composition, color filter, and liquid crystal display device
JP7375330B2 (en) 2019-04-24 2023-11-08 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 Colored compositions, photosensitive coloring compositions, color filters, and liquid crystal display devices
JP2021149085A (en) * 2020-03-13 2021-09-27 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 Pigment dispersant, pigment composition for color filters, coloring composition, and color filter

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN108700686B (en) 2021-03-02
JPWO2017159634A1 (en) 2019-01-17
TW201802592A (en) 2018-01-16
JP6862340B2 (en) 2021-04-21
JP7087149B2 (en) 2022-06-20
TWI713710B (en) 2020-12-21
CN108700686A (en) 2018-10-23
JP2021119384A (en) 2021-08-12

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP7087149B2 (en) Colored resin compositions for color filters, pigment dispersions, color filters, and display devices
JP6059397B2 (en) Color material dispersion for color filter, photosensitive colored resin composition for color filter, color filter, and display device
JP6827079B2 (en) Color material dispersion for color filters, photosensitive coloring resin composition for color filters, color filters, and display devices
JP4911256B1 (en) Dye dispersion, photosensitive resin composition for color filter, color filter, liquid crystal display device, and organic light emitting display device
JP6059396B2 (en) Color material dispersion for color filter, photosensitive colored resin composition for color filter, color filter, liquid crystal display device, and organic light emitting display device
JP6494875B2 (en) Color material dispersion for color filter, colored resin composition for color filter, color filter, and display device
JP6692184B2 (en) Photosensitive colored resin composition for color filter, color filter, display device
JPWO2018062105A1 (en) Photosensitive colored resin composition for color filter, color filter, and display device
JP7094891B2 (en) Color material dispersion for color filters, colored resin compositions for color filters, color filters, and display devices
WO2018159458A1 (en) Colorant dispersed liquid for color filters, dispersant, photosensitive coloring resin composition for color filters, color filter and display device
JP2013213982A (en) Color filter photosensitive resin composition and manufacturing method thereof, color filter, liquid crystal display device, and organic light emitting display device
JP2018101018A (en) Colored resin composition for color filter, coloring material dispersion liquid, color filter, and display
JP2020091489A (en) Color material dispersion liquid, photosensitive color resin composition for color filter, color filter, liquid crystal display device, and organic light-emitting display device
JP6078999B2 (en) Red pigment dispersion for color filter and production method thereof, red photosensitive resin composition for color filter and production method thereof, color filter, liquid crystal display device and organic light emitting display device
JP2018101015A (en) Colored resin composition for color filter, coloring material dispersion liquid, color filter, and display
JP2017146426A (en) Coloring resin composition for color filter, color filter, and display
JP2012078409A (en) Blue pigment dispersion liquid for color filter, blue photosensitive resin composition for color filter, color filter, and liquid crystal display device
JP2020003614A (en) Photosensitive colored resin composition and cured product of the same, color filter, and display device
JP6450057B1 (en) Photosensitive colored resin composition and cured product thereof, color filter, and display device
WO2023002875A1 (en) Halogenated phthalocyanine colorant, colored curable composition, color filter and display device
JP2020126093A (en) Colorant dispersion liquid, dispersion auxiliary resin, photosensitive coloring resin composition and cured substance thereof, color filter, and display device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2017517816

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 17766634

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 17766634

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1